HD 
7273 
V369 


% 


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 

OF  CALIFORNIA 

LOS  ANGELES 


SAFEGUARDS 

FOR  THE  PREVENTION  of 
INDUSTRIAL  ACCIDENTS 


EDITED   nv 

DAVID  VAN  SCHAACK 


SECOXD    EDITION 


Publish Ki)  by 

iETNA  LIFE   INSURANCE   CO. 

Accident  and  Liability  Department 
HARTFORD,  CONN. 


PR  JCE      Fl  FTY      CENTS 

For.  5387  25^51^ 


COPYRIGHT,    1910   AND    1913 

^TNA  LIFE   INSURANCE  COMPANY 

HARTFORD,     CONN. 
Second  Edition 


CONTENTS 


Prevention   of  Accidents, 

Page 

7     24 

Ignorance, 

7 

Carelessness, 

8 

Unsuitable  Clothing, 

10 

Insufficient  Lighting, 

10 

Defects  of  Machinery  and  Structures, 

10 

Insufficient  Room, 

II 

Uncleanly  Conditions, 

IJL 

Lack  of  Good  Air, 

II 

Absence  of  Safeguards,    . 

II 

Many  Kinds  of  Safeguards, 

12 

Need  of  Safeguards, 

12 

An  Instance  in  Point, 

13 

Safeguards  Practical, 

13 

General  Suggestions  for  Safeguarding, 

14 

Co-operation   of   Employees, 

22 

Reporting  of  Accidents, 

22 

First  Aid, 

23 

Emergency  Room, 

23 

^TNA  Inspections, 

24 

Gears, 

25       42 

Belts  and  Pulleys, 

43     53 

Fly  Wheels  and  Driving  Belts,   . 

54—58 

Set  Screws, 

59     62 

Sprocket  Wheels   and   Chains,    . 

63—65 

Rolls  and   Knives, 

66 — 72 

Punch  Presses, 

73     77 

Grindstones  and  Emery  Wheels, 

78—81 

Stairways,  Platforms  and  Runways, 

82     85 

Wood-Working  Machinery, 

86—102 

Elevators, 

103 — 118 

The  Electrical  Hazard, 

119 — 127 

Contracting, 

128—134 

Bake  Shops, 

135      137 

Miscellaneous, 

138—142 

Rules  and  Regulations,  Warning  Notices,  Etc.,    . 

143      155 

Workmen's  Compensation  and  Liability 

Insurance 

158—173 

Index, 

3 

•                              •                             .• 

177      187 

PREFACE 


This  book  of  suggestions  regarding  safeguards  for  the  prevention  of 
accidents  is  necessarily  incomplete.  The  dlv^erslfication  of  Industrial  oper- 
ations Is  so  great  that  to  treat  the  subject  fully  would  require  a  separate 
book  for  at  least  each  group  of  allied  Industries. 

At  the  same  time  it  Is  the  hope  of  the  publishers  of  this  book  that 
the  suggestions  contained  herein  will  be  of  some  aid  in  the  work  of  accident 
prevention.  For  the  most  part  these  suggestions  are  general  in  nature,  and 
many  of  them  are  applicable  to  a  large  number  of  industries. 

In  connection  with  the  Illustrations  of  safety  devices  we  desire  to  say 
that  we  do  not  wish  to  appear  as  advertising  any  particular  device.  There 
are  a  great  many  devices  which  are  just  as  practical  as  those  we  describe  or 
illustrate,  but  of  course  It  Is  impossible  for  us  to  include  them  all  In  this 
book. 

In  the  preparation  of  this  book  we  have  derived  information  and 
assistance  from  many  sources.  We  should  like  to  make  acknowledgment 
of  each  Instance  In  this  place,  but  that  will  be  recognized  as  impracticable. 
In  a  general  way,  however,  we  can  and  do  thank  the  manufacturers  of  safe- 
guarded machines  and  safety  devices  who  have  furnished  us  with  pictures 
and  descriptions,  and  the  factory  owners  who  have  aided  us  In  obtaining 
photographs  of  machinery  and  conditions  In  their  plants.  We  also  make 
acknowledgment  of  our  indebtedness  for  many  valuable  suggestions  to 
text-books  dealing  with  industrial  conditions,  to  trade  papers  and  other 
periodical  publications,  to  national  and  state  publications  concerning 
industrial  dangers  and  safeguards,  and  to  our  corps  of  liability  Inspectors. 

^TNA  LIFE  INSURANCE  COMPANY. 
Accident  and  Liability  Department. 


PREVENTION   OF   ACCIDENTS 


The  increasing  danger  to  life  and  limb  involved  in  the  pursuit  of 
industrial  occupations  has  become  so  great  that  the  necessity  of  doing 
everything  feasible  to  keep  it  within  the  narrowest  possible  limits  is  clearly 
evident.  We  are  living  in  a  constructive  era.  Articles  are  being  manufac- 
tured in  greater  numbers  and  variety  than  ever  before  in  the  world's 
history.  More  and  more  machinery  is  constantly  being  used,  and  more 
and  more  persons  are  being  employed  in  factories,  mills  and  workshops. 

The  toll  of  human  life  and  limb  being  exacted  by  modern  industry 
has  reached  such  startling  proportions  as  to  be  a  serious  menace  to  our 
national  welfare.  That  it  is  so  recognized  is  evidenced  by  the  increasing 
number  of  laws  made  to  protect  life  and  health,  and  the  marked  tendency 
shown  to  fix  the  legal  responsibility  for  accidents. 

Investigation  into  the  causes  of  this  drain  upon  our  national  vitality 
has  proved  conclusively  that  a  very  large  percentage  of  industrial  accidents 
can  be  avoided  by  the  adoption  of  proper  preventive  measures.  From  the 
nature  of  the  case  it  is  plain  that,  although  the  employer  and  employee  must 
work  together  to  attain  the  desired  end  of  reducing  accidents  to  a  minimum, 
the  initiative  should  come  from  the  employer.  It  was  with  the  desire  of 
assisting  the  employer  in  such  work  that  this  book  was  prepared. 

Mr.  John  Calder,  in  his  valuable  work  on  "  The  Prevention  of 
Factory  Accidents,"  has  very  properly  attributed  industrial  accidents  to  the 
following  principal  causes:  Ignorance,  Carelessness,  Unsuitable  Clothing. 
Insufficient  Lighting,  Defects  of  Machinery  and  Structures,  Absence  of 
Safeguards.  To  these  may  be  added  Insufficient  Room,  Uncleanly 
Conditions  and  Lack  of  Good  Air. 

IGNORANCE 

Ignorance  can  never  be  entirely  overcome  in  many  instances,  and  it  is 
certainly  not  the  duty  of  the  employer  to  undertake  the  general  education 
of  his  employees.  He  can  do  much,  however,  to  prevent  ignorance  from 
contributing  to  the  causing  of  accidents  in  his  plants.  He  can  see  to  it  that 
no  man  is  allowed  to  handle  or  work  about  any  machinery  unless  he  is 
qualified  to  do  so.  He  can  prevent  a  workman  familiar  with  one  job,  and 
specially  trained  for  it,  being  allowed  to  undertake  other  work  in  which 


SAFEGUARDS 


his  Ignorance  is  apt  to  cause  injury  to  himself,  if  not  to  others.  He  can 
exercise  discrimination  in  the  assignment  of  work,  so  as  to  avoid  putting 
a  man  of  slow-moving  mind  and  heavy  body  on  a  job  for  which  quickness 
of  mental  action  and  physical  agility  are  necessary. 

He  can  formulate  rules  showing  how  work  should  be  done  to  assure 
the  largest  degree  of  safety  possible,  and  he  can  furnish  copies  of  these  rules 
to  all  his  employees,  printed  in  as  many  languages  as  may  be  necessary  to 
convey  their  meaning  to  all  concerned.  He  can  also  make  prominent 
display  of  caution  signs  warning  his  men  what  not  to  do  in  order  to  avoid 
danger.  It  is  astonishing  how  ignorant  many  workmen  are,  not  only  of 
mechanical  arrangements  in  use  in  factories,  but  of  palpably  dangerous 
general  conditions  and  the  necessity  of  exercising  ordinary  care  to  avoid 
being  hurt.  It  is  equally  astonishing  how  large  a  part  native  curiosity  plays 
in  the  causing  of  accidents. 

CARELESSNESS 

All  of  this  applies  with  equal  force  to  carelessness,  which,  of  course, 
can  never  be  wholly  eradicated  from  human  nature.  At  the  same  time  the 
ill  results  of  both  ignorance  and  carelessness  can  be  largely  diminished  by 
the  means  suggested,  if  they  are  consistently  and  persistently  applied.  The 
old  saying  that  "  familiarity  breeds  contempt  "  nowhere  finds  greater  proof 
than  in  the  carelessness  arising  from  daily  proximity  to  machinery  or  con- 
ditions involving  risk.  A  man  working  in  a  factory  day  after  day  comes  in 
time  to  run  unconsciously  a  number  of  chances  of  accident  which  he  would 
'take  pains  to  avoid,  except  that  he  has  become  so  used  to  his  environment 
that  he  hardly  gives  it  a  thought. 

The  evil  effects  of  this  condition  of  mind  can  be  held  to  the  lowest 
limits  largely  through  the  action  of  the  employer,  in  furnishing  rules  and 
caution  signs,  and  also  in  supplying,  in  many  instances,  simple  protective 
arrangements  which  may  serve  chiefly  to  call  attention  to  the  existence  of 
danger.  Such  an  arrangement  may  not  prevent  the  careless  workman  from 
ever  going  to  the  danger  spot,  but  its  presence  there  is  apt  to  reawaken  his 
mind  to  the  danger  every  time  he  approaches,  with  the  result  that  he  is 
vnore  careful  than  he  otherwise  would  be  to  avoid  an  accident. 

Chief  Factory  Inspector  J.  C.  Delaney  of  Pennsylvania  has  touched 
most  forcefully  on  the  danger  of  carelessness  in  his  annual  report  of  1909, 
in  which  he  says:  "Although  there  are  parts  of  working  machinery  that 
cannot  be  safeguarded  by  any  known  appliance,  and  though  the  employees 
engaged  in  operating  machinery  know  of  these  unguarded  parts,  some  of 
them  will,  nevertheless,  perform  their  labors  in  a  way  that  borders  on 
criminal  negligence.  To  place  a  ladder  upon  a  revolving  shaft  and  mount 
thereon  to  adjust  a  belt;  to  crawl  under  machinery  in  motion;  to  reach 


PREVENTION   OF  ACCIDENTS 


across  dangerous  parts  of  machinery  in  motion;  to  work  in  baggy  sleeves 
or  with  flying  tresses  of  hair  about  dangerous  gearing  and  shafting;  to 
jump  on  or  off  elevators  in  motion;  to  adjust  belts  upon  rapidly  revolving 
wheels;  to  carelessly  hook  up  or  bind  weighty  objects  about  to  be  lifted; 
to  speed  overhead  cranes,  giving  no  danger  signals  to  their  fellow  workmen, 
are  fair  samples  of  oft-repeated  acts  of  negligence  upon  the  part  of 
employees.  Until  negligences  like  these  shall  have  ceased,  accidents,  fatal 
and  serious,  will  continue  to  occur,  though  the  employer  of  labor  exert 
himself  to  the  utmost  to  prevent  them." 

Not  only  does  carelessness  threaten  injury  to  the  workman  himself, 
but  it  also  endangers  his  fellow  workmen.  By  neglecting  to  look  about 
him,  or  possibly  by  thinking  that  it  is  the  other  fellow's  business  to  be  on 
the  watch,  or  keep  out  of  the  way,  the  careless  workman  is  apt  to  cause 
many  serious  injuries  to  others. 

It  will  not  do  for  foremen  and  superintendents  to  overlook  violations 
of  rules  or  instances  of  continual  carelessness.  They  should  insist  upon 
strict  observance  of  the  factory  regulations,  and  they  should  keep  their  eyes 
open  all  the  time  for  both  infractions  of  the  rules  and  evidences  of  dangerous 
carelessness  on  the  part  of  the  workmen  under  them.  A  great  deal  of  an 
employer's  success  in  assuring  the  safety  of  his  men  depends  upon  his 
selection  of  superintendents  and  foremen  and  his  infusing  them  with  his 
own  earnest  desire  to  avoid  accidents.  His  earnestness  passing  down 
through  them  Is  bound  to  have  Its  Influence  on  the  workmen  themselves. 
It  can  and  should  be  most  forcibly  impressed  upon  the  superintendents  and 
foremen,  and  handed  on  by  them  to  the  workmen.  The  firm,  even  the  hard, 
master  is  often  the  kindest  in  the  end,  and  an  employer  cannot  be  too  Insistent 
upon  his  deputies  seeing  to  It  that  his  factory  regulations  are  strictly 
observed.  Violators  of  rules  and  careless  operatives  should  be  discharged, 
If  sufiiclent  warning  fails  to  reform  them.  To  allow  them  to  remain  In  a 
factory  destroys  the  discipline  which  should  exist. 

One  of  the  most  essential  points  connected  with  the  discipline  of  a 
factory  In  its  Influence  on  carelessness  has  to  do  with  the  matter  of  regulat- 
ing the  use  of  intoxicants.  Even  a  man  who  is  ordinarily  most  careful  is 
apt  to  become  heedless  when  under  the  influence  of  an  intoxicant,  and  the 
habitually  careless  man  is  often  made  positively  reckless.  It  goes  without 
saying  that  the  use  of  Intoxicants  during  working  hours  should  positively 
be  prohibited,  but  regulation  can  properly  go  even  further  than  this.  No 
man  should  be  allowed  to  go  to  work  when  he  appears  to  be  even  slightly 
under  the  influence  of  liquor,  and  It  is  advisable  not  to  employ,  or  continue 
in  employment,  men  who  are  known  to  be  steady  and  hard  drinkers.  The 
regular  use  of  intoxicants  in  any  considerable  quantity  Is  bound  In  time  to 
make  a  workman  undesirable  as  regards  both  his  liability  to  cause  accident 
and  his  efficiency. 


lo  SAFEGUARDS 


UNSUITABLE  CLOTHING 

The  wearing  of  unsuitable  clothing  is  a  matter  which  is  largely  within 
the  control  of  the  employer,  and  to  which  he  should  give  his  serious  atten- 
tion. A  ragged  sleeve,  a  loose  coat,  or  a  flowing  cravat  can  do  incalculable 
harm  if  caught  in  any  part  of  moving  machinery.  Insistence  that  proper 
clothing  shall  be  worn  by  all  employees  will  prevent  many  an  accident. 
This  is  particularly  essential  in  the  case  of  female  employees,  who  should 
not  be  permitted  to  wear  flowing  sleeves  or  aprons  with  long  strings,  or 
to  have  their  clothing  made  of  such  light  material  that  it  will  be  easily 
affected  by  draughts  or  will  swish  about  of  its  own  accord  as  its  wearer 
moves.  Women,  moreover,  should  never  be  allowed  to  work  with  their 
hair  loose.  So  many  cases  are  on  record  where  girls  have  been  scalped  by 
having  their  hair  caught  in  machinery  that  the  importance  of  this  suggestion 
can  well  be  appreciated. 

INSUFFICIENT  LIGHTING 

Poor  lighting  of  buildings  and  rooms  used  for  factory  operations  and 
of  passageways,  especially  in  basements  where  shafting  and  belting  are 
located,  is  responsible,  directly  or  indirectly,  for  many  accidents.  This  is 
a  condition  which  should  not  be  allowed  to  exist  where  it  can  possibly  be 
improved.  Whenever  new  construction  is  undertaken,  factories  should  be 
built  with  especial  regard  to  the  matter  of  good  lighting.  Where  existing 
conditions  do  not  admit  of  constructive  improvement,  the  liberal  use  of 
white  paint  or  the  frequent  application  of  the  whitewash  brush  will  be  of 
much  remedial  value,  as  white  reflecting  wall  surfaces  do  a  great  deal  to 
help  diffusion  of  what  light  is  available,  whether  natural  or  artificial. 
Where  natural  light  is  not  obtainable,  artificial  should  be  liberally  provided. 

DEFECTS  OF  MACHINERY  AND  STRUCTURES 

Accidents  due  to  defects  of  machinery  and  structures  cannot  be  entirely 
prevented,  for  things  will  wear  out  or  give  way  unexpectedlv,  but  they  can 
be  reduced  very  much  by  frequent  inspection  and  prompt  repairs  when- 
ever such  are  necessary.  In  the  first  place,  the  best  of  machines,  equipment 
and  material  should  be  purchased.  In  the  long  run  this  will  be  found 
cheapest  as  well  as  safest.  To  insure  as  good  service  as  possible,  no  part 
of  the  machinery  should  ever  be  overloaded.  Frequent  and  close  inspections 
should  be  made  of  all  parts,  to  discover  quickly  any  signs  of  wear  or  any 
possible  original  defects  or  weaknesses  which  may  not  have  been  apparent 
at  first  sight.  Certain  essentials  of  machinery,  too,  require  frequent  renewal 
or  periodical  treatment,  and  inspections  will  show  when  these  are  needed. 
In  some  classes  of  factories,  also,  the  platforms,  runways,  stairways,  etc, 


PREVENTION   OF  ACCIDENTS  ii 

are  apt  to  be  temporary,  and  these  deteriorate  so  rapidly  that  they  require 
the  most  careful  watching.  The  same  is  true  in  the  case  of  plants  in  which 
the  nature  of  the  material  or  operations  quickly  destroys  the  equipment  or 
affects  it  to  the  extent  of  rendering  it  unsafe. 

INSUFFICIENT  ROOM 

One  of  the  factory  conditions  most  conducive  to  accidents  is  insufficient 
room.  Accidents  are  far  more  frequent  in  crowded  factories  than  in  those 
which  are  roomy.  Especially  should  there  be  plenty  of  room  around 
machinery  notoriously  dangerous,  and  around  vats,  pans,  etc.,  containing 
dangerous  material  such  as  is  used  in  chemical  and  many  other  works. 
There  should  be  a  broad  passageway  between  such  danger  spots  when  they 
are  located  in  rows,  as  is  often  the  case. 

UNCLEANLY  CONDITIONS 

Cleanliness  is  another  important  essential  for  a  well  regulated  factory. 
If  tools,  waste  material,  etc.,  are  allowed  to  litter  the  floor,  there  is  always 
danger  of  an  employee  tripping  over  them  and  being  injured  by  the  fall, 
or  being  thereby  precipitated  into  a  dangerous  spot  which  otherwise  he 
would  have  avoided.  There  should  be  order  in  the  disposition  of  tools 
when  not  in  use.  The  practice  of  throwing  them  into  the  first  inviting  place, 
as  under  moving  machinery  and  in  aisles,  has. often  been  followed  by  disaster. 
When  floors  must  necessarily  be  slippery,  firm  footing  should  be  secured  to 
employees  by  means  of  sand  or  suitable  mats. 

LACK  OF  GOOD  AIR 

It  is  perhaps  needless  to  lay  stress  on  the  advisability  of  an  abundant 
supply  of  good  air  in  an  industrial  plant.  Not  only  is  this  necessary  from 
the  standpoint  of  the  employees'  health,  but  it  is  essential  to  the  prevention 
of  accidents.  Workmen  who  labor  in  a  foul  atmosphere  cannot  help 
thereby  suffering  a  loss  of  the  alertness,  both  mental  and  physical,  which 
would  be  an  invaluable  aid  to  them  in  avoiding  accident  or  lessening  its  ill 
results.  The  loss  is  similar,  and  in  only  less  degree,  to  that  caused  by  the 
fatigue  due  to  overwork  which  statistics  have  proved  to  be  a  fruitful  cause 
of  accidents.  Every  effort  should  be  made  by  systems  of  ventilation  as 
well  as  by  methods  of  construction  to  ensure  the  presence  of  plenty  of  pure 
air  in  all  places  where  industrial  operations  are  carried  on. 

ABSENCE  OF  SAFEGUARDS 

We  come  now  to  perhaps  the  most  important  thing  which  an  employer 
can  do  to  make  his  workmen  as  safe  as  possible,  the  providing  of  adequate 
safeguards  for  specific  operations  and  conditions  which  are  dangerous. 

All  machinery  is  in  a  greater  or  less  degree  dangerous.     So  long  as 


J,  SAFEGUARDS 


machinery  is  used,  which  will  be  to  the  end  of  time,  accidents  will  occur  in 
connection  with  it.  Many  accidents  can  be  attributed  to  carelessness  on  the 
part  of  the  operatives  which  might  have  been  averted  had  their  mmds  been 
closely  on  their  work.  Many  accidents  are  made  possible  because  dangerous 
parts  of  the  machinery  are  exposed.  The  employer  is  the  custodian  of  the 
person  of  his  employee  during  such  time  as  the  latter  is  engaged  in  his 
service,  and  it  is  the  employer's  duty  to  protect  his  employee  from  injury 
as  far  us  possible  and  by  all  reasonable  means.  It  must  be  taken  for  granted 
that  the  employee  will  become  careless  at  times.  No  one  is  infallible.  But 
the  number  of  accidents  due  to  carelessness  can  be  very  materially  diminished 
if  the  machinery  and  surroundings  are  made  safe. 

MANY  KINDS  OF  SAFEGUARDS 

The  best  time  to  provide  safeguards  for  a  machine  is  while  the  machine 
is  building.  It  can  be  done  then  at  less  cost  and  with  less  effort,  and  a  great 
deal  of  the  unguarded  machinery  now  turned  out  would  be  guarded  by  its 
manufacturers  if  the  buyers  insisted  upon  it.  When  machinery  is  not  so 
guarded,  it  falls  upon  the  user  to  make  it  safe  by  patented  devices  or  by 
home-made  safeguards.  The  former  cannot  always  be  obtained,  nor  are  they 
always  needed,  but  the  case  is  rare  where  some  home-made  guard  cannot  be 
devised  which  will  be  thoroughly  effective.  The  protector  may,  or  may  not, 
be  an  artistically  finished  piece  of  work.  That  is  a  matter  of  taste  and  is 
not  material.  The  important  thing  is,  does  the  protector  protect?  If  it 
does,  the  requirement  is  filled. 

NEED  OF  SAFEGUARDS 

There  is  a  great  difference  of  opinion  among  men  as  to  that  which 
is  safe  and  that  which  is  dangerous.  In  one  shop  all  dangerous  machinery, 
such  as  protruding  set  screws  on  revolving  shafting,  exposed  cog  gears,  dead 
ends  of  shafting,  openings  in  floors,  belts  running  through  floors,  engine 
fly  wheels,  saws,  planers,  stairways,  elevator  shafts,  etc.,  are  guarded. 
Guards  are  provided  because  it  is  considered  unsafe  to  be  without  them. 
In  another  shop  there  is  no  protection  for  any  of  the  features  mentioned. 
Speak  to  the  proprietor  or  manager  about  it  and  he  v/ill  laugh  at  you,  or 
more  likely  he  will  become  indignant  and  assert  that  there  is  nothing  in 
connection  with  those  parts  that  is  dangerous;  that  he  ought  to  know,  for 
he  has  run  the  place  for  years  under  present  conditions  and  never  has  had 
a  serious  accident. 

He  will  admit,  of  course,  that  if  a  man  got  his  coat  caught  on  a  set 
screw  and  was  whirled  around  a  shaft,  it  would  then  be  dangerous.  He 
will  admit  that  if  a  man  walked  into  an  unguarded  elevator  opening,  or  fell 
off  an  unguarded  platform,  it  would  be  bad  for  the  man.     He  will  agree 


PREVENTION    OF   ACCIDENTS  13 

with  you  that  anything,  in  connection  with  which  an  accident  did  occur, 
was  dangerous,  but  it  is  hard  to  convince  him  that  in  his  own  plant,  where 
the  same  conditions  exist,  there  is  anything  dangerous  about  them,  simply 
because  he  has  been  '.'  lucky  "  and  never  had  an  accident.  He  will  also  tell 
you  that  a  man  has  no  business  to  go  near  this  or  that  place  or  machine; 
that  if  he  does  so  and  meets  with  an  accident,  it  is  his  own  fault.  He  will 
further  tell  you  that  a  man  is  a  fool  to  get  injured  from  a  cause  that  is 
exposed  and  constantly  staring  him  in  the  face,  for  he  knows  the  danger  is 
there  and  should  know  enough  to  avoid  it. 

AN  INSTANCE  IN  POINT 

This  reasoning  is  thoroughly  bad,  as  the  following  incident  will  show. 
An  inspector  going  through  a  plant  in  Illinois  observed  a  set  screw  projecting 
on  a  revolving  shaft.  He  considered  it  particularly  dangerous  because  the 
shaft  was  near  a  passageway  and  workmen  were  continually  going  back 
and  forth  past  it.  He  called  the  manager's  attention  to  it.  "  Don't  you 
think,"  he  said,  "  that  that  set  screw  had  better  be  cut  off?  Someone  will 
get  hurt  some  day  if  it  is  left  that  way."  "  I  don't  think  so,"  the  manager 
replied,  "  that  set  screw  has  been  like  that  for  years.  No  one  has  ever 
been  hurt  by  it.  The  fact  that  it  is  exposed  and  can  be  observed  by  anyone 
renders  it  safe  from  causing  an  accident."  The  manager  had  a  habit  of 
gesticulating  when  speaking,  and,  as  he  waved  his  arm  to  emphasize  what 
he  was  saying,  the  sleeve  of  his  coat  came  in  contact  with  the  set  screw  and 
caught  on  it,  and  in  an  instant  he  was  whirled  to  death.  With  such  a  man 
it  seems  that  nothing  less  than  a  serious  accident  will  make  him  realize  that 
dangerous  conditions  prevail. 

SAFEGUARDS  PRACTICAL 

If  certain  things  are  dangerous  in  one  factory,  then  it  stands  to  reason 
that  the  same  things  are  dangerous  in  another  factory.  If  it  is  practicable 
and  proper  to  guard  them  in  one  factory,  then  it  is  practicable  and  proper 
to  guard  them  in  other  factories.  Take,  for  instance,  the  circular  or  rip 
saw,  one  of  the  most  dangerous  pieces  of  machinery,  and  probably  one  of 
the  most  difficult  to  guard  and  keep  guarded,  after  guards  have  been  pro- 
vided. It  has  been  stated  time  and  time  again  that  it  is  imxpracticable  to 
use  guards  on  a  rip  saw.  You  will  be  told  that  guards  have  been  placed 
on  the  saws,  but  that  the  men  will  not  use  them,  and  that  they  take  them 
off.  Yet  in  some  shops  every  rip  saw  is  provided  with  a  guard,  and  it  has 
been  proved  that  the  guard  does  not  retard  the  work  and  that  it  is  not  an 
inconvenience  to  the  operator. 

If  this  is  the  case  in  one  shop,  why  not  in  another  shop?  The  ques- 
tion resolves  itself  into  this:     In  one  case,  guards  are  provided  and  the 


,^  SAFEGUARDS 


owner  or  manager  of  the  shop  insists  on  their  being  used  for  the  protection 
of  the  operators;  in  the  other  case,  the  owner  is  indifferent  to  the  safety 
of  his  men.  He  either  does  not  furnish  the  guards,  or,  if  he  does  provide 
them,  is  not  insistent  on  their  use.  One  employer  appreciates  his  respon- 
sibihty  to  his  employee  and  takes  reasonable  precautions  to  safeguard  him 
from  injury.  The  other  does  not,  and  dangerous  conditions  are  permitted 
to  remain,  a  standing  invitation  to  injury  or  death. 

What  is  said  regarding  the  rip  saw  applies  to  all  other  dangerous 
machinery.  If  there  is  a  willingness  and  a  desire,  on  the  part  of  those 
responsible,  to  provide  safeguards  for  everything  of  a  dangerous  character, 
then  proper  safeguards  will  be  forthcoming.     That  is  all  there  is  to  it. 

And  it  is  important  for  selfish  as  well  as  humanitarian  reasons  that  the 
manufacturer  should  both  provide  safeguards  and  insist  upon  their  use. 
The  employee,  as  a  rule,  will  not  hesitate  to  sue  him  for  damages  on  account 
of  any  injury,  and  the  tendency  is  to  hold  the  employer  responsible  for  the 
use  of  safeguards  as  well  as  the  provision  of  them. 

GENERAL  SUGGESTIONS  FOR  SAFEGUARDING 

The  following  general  suggestions  will  give  a  cursory  view  of  the 
methods  of  safeguarding  which  should  be  adopted  to  help  make  workmen 
reasonably  safe  in  the  pursuance  of  their  occupations: 

All  prime  movers,  whether  engines,  water  wheels  or  other  forms 

,,r>T7T-r>o  of  motors,  and  all  fly  wheels  and  mill  races  should  be  fenced  in. 
MOVERS  •  ,         /•  •  r       1  1      /•        n  11 

A  screen  or  iron  picket  fence  is  preferable  for  liy  wheel  and 
crank  pits.  Where  a  pipe  or  wooden  railing  is  used,  it  should  be  at  least 
three  feet  in  height  and  made  of  two  rails,  with  a  skirting  board  at  least 
six  inches  deep  placed  at  the  bottom. 

Where  the  engine  is  of  the  large  vertical  kind,  all  the  stairs,  platform?, 
ladders  and  stagings  should  be  fenced  in,  in  like  manner,  both  on  the  outer 
edge  and  on  that  next  to  moving  machinery. 

Among  the  parts  of  engines  which  require  fencing  or  boxing  may  be 
mentioned  crank  shafts,  connecting  rods,  piston  rods  projecting  through  the 
end  covers  of  cylinders,  governor  balls  near  a  passageway,  pinion  wheels 
operating  governors,  and  gears. 

Railings  should  be  a  sufficient  distance  from  moving  parts  to  prevent 
accidental  contact,  but  not  so  far  away  as  to  give  room  for  a  passageway 
inside  them. 

Main  belting  or  ropes  should  be  screened.  Caps  should  be  placed 
over  shaft  ends  projecting  Into  passageways. 

Electric  prime  movers  should  be  boxed  or  fenced  with  non-conducting 
material. 


PREVENTION   OF  ACCIDENTS  15 

All  engine  rooms  should  be  well  lighted  and  kept  neat.  No  tools, 
clothing  or  other  articles  should  be  kept  within  the  safety  fencings. 

In  order  to  reduce  to  a  minimum  the  possibility  of  the 

CARE    OF  •  •  •  • 

fly  wheel  exploding,  the  engineer  should  daily  exercise  the 
FLY    WHKELS  ,  i  r    i  t  t        i        i  i  i 

Utmost  care  and  watcnrulness.      He  should  examine  the 

bolts  on  the  rim  and  hubs  of  the  fly  wheel  to  see  If  they  have  loosened  up. 

He  should  see  that  the  safety  devices  on  the  engine  are  working  properly 

and  have  not  become  deranged.     Belts,  pins  and  cams  should  be  examined 

for  defects. 

The   governor   should   be   kept   clean    and   examined   frequently    for 

defects.     An  oil-soaked  belt  should  not  be  allowed  to  drive  the  governor. 

All  belt-driven  governors  should  be  equipped  with  a  broken  belt  stop. 

The  most  important  thing  in  taking  care  of  a  boiler  with  a 

view  to  its  safety  is  to  have  it  inspected  frequently  by  an  expert 

and  to  follow  his  directions  Implicitly.     The  engineer  in  charge 

of  the  boiler  can  exercise  many  precautions,  however,  which  will  tend  to 

prevent  accidents. 

His  first  duty  each  morning  should  be  to  blow  out  water  column  or 
try  gauge  cocks,  to  find  how  many  gauges  of  water  there  are  In  the  boiler. 
He  should  never  start  or  unbank  the  fire  until  this  is  done. 

In  case  of  low  water,  the  fire  should  be  Immediately  covered.  The 
feed  should  not  be  turned  on  under  any  circumstances,  nor  the  safety  valve 
tampered  with  or  opened.     The  steam  outlets  should  remain  as  they  are. 

The  internal  surfaces  should  be  kept  free  from  scale  or  deposit,  and 
the  boiler  should  be  opened  frequently  for  examination  and  cleaning. 

The  safety  valves  should  be  tried  daily. 

When  leaks  are  discovered,  they  should  be  repaired  as  soon  as  possible. 
If  leaks  occur  at  longitudinal  seams,  the  boiler  should  be  shut  down  imme- 
diately and  Investigated. 

Generally  boilers  should  be  blown  down  two  gauges  once  or  twice  a 
day,  and  entirely  emptied  once  a  week. 

Cold  water  should  never  be  pumped  Into  hot  boilers. 

No  water  should  be  allowed  to  come  In  contact  with  the  exterior  of 
a  boiler. 

The  gauges,  cocks,  etc.,  should  always  be  kept  clean  and  In  good  order. 

When  a  boiler  Is  to  be  cut  In  with  others  already  In  operation,  the  one 
recently  fired  up  should  be  watched  until  pressure  is  up  to  that  of  the  other 
boilers  to  which  It  Is  to  be  connected;  and,  when  that  pressure  Is  attained, 
bleeder  valves  should  be  opened  long  enough  to  thoroughly  drain  all  water 
from  the  steam  pipes,  and  then  stop  valves  should  be  opened  very  slowly 
and  carefully. 


j6  safeguards 


The  overhead  gearing  used  for  transmitting  power 
OVERHEAD  ^^^^  ^^^  ^^-^^^  mover  to  various  parts  of  the  factory 

MILL-GEARING  ^^^^^j^  always  be  amply  guarded  when  it  is  situated  low, 
and  so  should  high  elevated  gearing  in  all  places  where  the  gearing  is 
approached  without  the  prime  mover  being  stopped. 

Migh  elevated  gearing  should  be  guarded,  for  a  sufficient  distance  on 
cither  side  of  points  that  may  require  to  be  approached,  by  means  of  metal 
tubes  or  L-  or  V-shaped  metal  or  wood  shields,  or  the  permanent  platform 
system  should  be  used.  In  either  case  the  meshing  sides  of  all  toothed 
wheels  should  be  protected  by  a  metal  cover. 

Where  the  platform  system  is  used,  the  platform,  which  is  suspended 
from  the  ceiling  and  which  can  be  made  of  either  metal  or  wood,  should 
have  railings  on  both  sides,  the  one  nearest  the  moving  parts  being  kept 
sufficiently  clear  of  wheels,  pulleys  and  belts  to  prevent  a  workman  being 
caught  by  them. 

Where  overhead  shafting  is  situated  low  enough  to  be  within  the 
reach  of  people  on  the  floor,  it  should  always  be  securely  fenced  in.  Such 
shafting  can  be  guarded  by  a  U-  or  \'-shaped  trough,  supported  by  straps 
from  the  ceiling. 


When  shafting  is  verv  near  the  floor,  it  should  be  completely 
cased  in  with  metal  or  wood.     Shafting  at  a  distance  of  from 

NEAR  -  ... 

three  to  six  feet  above  the  floor,  which  it  is  often  not  feasible 

FLOOR 

to  enclose  completely,  should  be  protected  by  railings  which 
will  prevent  people  from  approaching  it  except  at  certain  points  where 
boarded  passageways  are  provided. 

In  many  cases  where  low  gearing  is  used,  it  is  located  under  benches  or 
.such  machines  as  sewing  machines,  and  there  is  great  danger  of  the  workman 
or  operator  getting  his  feet  or  clothing  caught  in  it.  Wherever  possible, 
such  gearing  should  be  entirely  shut  in  by  an  enclosure  which  is  supplied 
with  hinged  doors  or  flaps  to  give  access  to  the  gearing  when  necessary. 
Where  this  is  not  possible,  there  should  be  at  least  a  screen  covering  the 
gearing,  so  arranged  that  it  can  be  removed  or  raised  in  case  of  need. 

Vertical  shafts  should  be  surrounded  by  a  metal  or  wooden  casing. 


SHAFTING  ^^^^^'"g  hangers  should  be  particularly  strong,  and  they 
HANGERS  should  be  examined  frequently  to  see  if  they  are  secure,  espe^ 
cially  where  there  is  much  vibration  of  the  building.  Should 
the  hangers  give  way,  permitting  the  shafting  to  fall,  not  only  would  great 
damage  to  the  machinery^  result,  but  there  would  be  danger  of  someone 
being  seriously  injured. 


PREVENTION   OF  ACCIDENTS  17 


In  every  factory  effective  means  should  be  provided,  by  engine 

stop  device  or  other  method,  for  disconnecting  the  power,  so 

T^T:^tTT/-T7o       that  any  or  all  machinery  can  be  quicklv  shut  down  from  anv 

DEVlLKb  r      1  1  •  r  J 

part  or  the  plant  m  case  or  need. 

Where  machines  are  arranged  in  groups,  rooms  or  departments,  and 
power  is  supplied  by  a  prime  mover  located  within  the  confines  of  such 
group,  room  or  department,  a  switch,  throttle  or  other  power-controlling 
device  should  be  placed  within  easy  reach  of  the  operators  affected,  so  that 
all  shafting,  transmitting  machinery  and  machines  of  such  group,  room 
or  department  can  be  simultaneously  shut  down. 

Where  power  is  supplied  through  the  use  of  main  or  line  shafts, 
receiving  power  from  some  prime  mover  located  without  the  group,  room 
or  department,  the  power-receiving  wheel  of  such  shaft  should  be  provided, 
wherever  possible,  with  a  friction  clutch,  or  other  effective  power-disengaging 
device,  with  suitable  means  for  operating  it  within  easy  reach  of  the  oper- 
atives affected.  In  addition  to  this  safeguard  there  should  be  a  system  of 
communication,  through  speaking  tubes,  electric  bells,  electric  lights  or 
other  effective  means,  with  the  prime  mover  room. 

Where  a  machine  is  directly  connected  with  the  prime  mover,  a  switch, 
throttle  or  other  power-controlling  device  should  be  placed  within  easy  reach 
of  the  operator  or  his  co-worker. 

All  machines  which  require  to  be  started  and  stopped  fre- 
TIGHT   AND  ,  ,      .,  u-  w  u  A    .      u        .  A 

T  nn«;F  quently   and   all   machmes  which   may   need   to    be   stopped 

PULLEYS  quickly  in  ev^ent  of  accident  should,   wherever  practicable, 

be  provided  with  tight  and  loose  pulleys,  clutch  or  other 
effective  disengaging  device.  Accidents  are  frequently  caused  or  made  more 
serious  by  lack  of  means  for  quickly  disengaging  power.  With  such  a  de- 
vice installed,  a  dangerous  machine  can  be  put  out  of  commission  when 
desired,  or  it  can  be  stopped  at  once  in  event  of  emergency  requiring  such 
action. 

The  oiling  of  machinerv  and  shafting  should  not  be 
done  while  the  machinery  is  running.  When,  however,  it 
IS  necessarv  to  applv  oil  while  the  machinerv  is  in  motion, 
it  should  be  done  by  one  who  understands  the  work  and  its  attendant 
hazards.  It  is  w^ell  to  have  the  oiling  of  machinery  and  shafting  in  motion 
done  by  one  experienced  man,  employed  for  the  purpose,  who  should  wear 
tight-fitting  clothing  and  should  use  oil  cans  with  necks  long  enough  to  keep 
his  hands  out  of  danger.  Where  the  platform  system  is  not  used  in  connec- 
tion with  overhead  shafting,  or  the  oiling  Is  not  done  automatically,  a  safety 
ladder  should  be  used,  having  hooks  at  one  end  to  hold  it  on  the  shaft,  and 
sharp  metal  points  at  the  other  to  make  it  secure  on  the  floor. 


j8  safeguards 


In  order  to  lessen  the  number  of  accidents  due  to  approaching  mill 
gearing  in  motion,  automatic  lubrication  should  be  installed  wherever 
possible. 

Cleaning  machinery  while   it   is   in   motion   has  been   the 
CLEANING  ^^^gg  q£  innumerable  accidents.    The  danger  lies  in  reaching 

MACHINERY  .^^^  places  where  one  would  have  no  occasion  to  reach  in 
the  ordinary  operation  of  the  machine,  and  this  danger  is  increased  by  the 
liability  of  the  rags  or  waste  used  in  cleaning  to  get  entangled  in  the  moving 
parts.  Many  of  the  accidents  from  this  cause  are  preventable,  for  the  reason 
that  most  machines  can  be  cleaned  when  the  power  is  off  just  as  well  as  when 
the  machine  is  running.  When  it  is  positively  necessary  to  clean  a  machine 
while  it  is  running,  the  work  should  be  done  only  by  someone  of  sufficient 
age  and  experience  to  appreciate  the  dangers. 

The    traversing    carriage     of    any    self-acting    machine 
TRAVERSING        should  not  be  allowed  to  run  out  so  as  to  leave  a  space  of 

CARRIAGES  ,  ,  .    ,  ^  •      i,       u   .  -^        A  •    UU      • 

less  than  eighteen  mches  between  it  and  any  neighbormg 

structure,  if  the  space  over  which  It  runs  out  Is  likely  to  be  used  as  a  passage- 
way by  employees  at  any  time. 

Protruding  set  screws  In  collars  and  couplings  on  shaft- 

SET  SCREWS,         .  u   Z        V  ^       u    u        u      \^    u  a 

mg,    whether    Ime    or    countershart,    should    be    covered 

KEYS,  ETC.  *=  , 

or  countersunk. 

Keys  should  not  be  allowed  to  project  from  ends  of  shafts. 

All  dead  ends  of  shafting  should  be  enclosed  In  metal  casings. 

A  safeguard  which  is  much  In  use  in  Europe,  and  which  might  well 
be  adopted  generally  In  this  country,  consists  In  painting  guards 
and  safety  devices,  and,  wherever  practicable,  the  moving  parts  of 

dangerous  machinery,  a  bright  red.     This  serves  most  effectually  to  call 

attention  to  danger. 

GEARS      '^'^    exposed    cog  or    bevel  gears    should  be    enclosed  in    metal 
casing  or  In  some  other  way  suitably  guarded.     The  ways  of 
guarding  gears  are  numerous,  and  one  or  another  will  apply  to  practically 
every  case. 

ELECTRICAL    ^^^    dynamos,    other    electrical    apparatus    and    appliances 
APPARATUS     ^"^  systems  of  electrical  wiring  or  transmission  should  be 
amply  protected.     Every  precaution  should  also  be  taken 
m  the  handling  of  electrical  apparatus  and  appliances. 


PREVENTION   OF  ACCIDENTS  19 


No    floor    in    any    factory    or    mercantile    establishment 

OVERLOADING        ,       ,,  ,       ,       11,  1'  .       r     v     f  v         c  •       „ 

should  be  loaded  beyond  the  limit  ot  its  sate  sustaining 

■pT  OORS 

power.  Overloading  of  floors  has  been  responsible  for 
many  accidents  which  could  not  have  occurred  had  the  sustaining  power  of 
the  floors  been  taken  into  consideration. 

All   roll-feed  machinery   should  be   guarded   at  the   point 
ROLL-FEED  ,  ,  •    1    •      r    1    •    .      .u  n      .  T  ^u 

„ » ^TXHr.TT^T,,,       where  the   material   is   fed   into   the    rolls   to   prevent   the 
MACHINERY  ,,•  i  ^     1      •  1  uju 

operator  s  hands  being  caught.     A  device  easily  reached  by 

hand  or  foot  should  also  be  provided,  whereby  the  operator  can  instantly 
stop  the  machinery  in  case  one  or  both  hands  are  drawn  into  the  rolls. 

Circular  saws,  band  saws,  planers,  wood  shapers  and  other 
CIRCULAR  .  .  . 

wood-working   machinery   should   be   equipped   with   safety 

devices.     The  utmost  care  should  also  be  exercised  in  the 

use  of  these  especially  dangerous  machines. 

It   is   important  that  hand  tools   shall  be   of  good  quality   and 
kept  in  first-class  condition.     Loose  handles,   for  instance,   have 
caused  many  accidents. 

The  number  of  accidents  caused  by  falling  material,  tools, 
FALLING  .  ,  ^         .       1 J  1         ,  -1  • 

■«,r  A,T,T-T^TAT         ^tc,  IS  vcry  large.     Lare  should  be  taken  not  to  pile  material 
MATERIAL,  •  1  1  •    1  -i       1  • 

TOOLS    ETC     ^^  other  articles  too  high,  or  to  pile  them  m  passageways 

or  in  dark  places  where  workmen  may  have  occasion  to  go. 

All  elevated  structures  should  be  guarded  so  that  articles  cannot  fall 

from  them. 

Every  elevator  used  for  carriage  of  passengers  or  freight 
ELEVATORS        ,        ,  j  ,  r    ■  .      ^      ,      ^.       .  ,  ^ 

should  be  as  sate  in  construction  and  operation  as  the  utmost 

care  and  human  ingenuity  can  make  it. 

Stairways  should  be  provided  with  hand  rails  and  the  treads 
STAIRWAYS  . 

should  be  kept  in  good  condition,  so  as  to  insure  firm  and 

PLATFORMS      ^^^^    footing.      All   Stairways,    hallways    and   passageways 
should  be  well  lighted. 
Elevated  runways,  platforms  and  stagings  should  be  fenced  on  open 
sides  and  equipped  with  a  skirting  board  at  the  floor  edges. 

No    machine    should    be    used    when    it    is    known  to  be 
DEFECTIVE  ,  ,       ,    r       •  t/-  1  •  1    r  i 

dangerously  detective.     It  a  workman  notices  a  detect,  he 

should  be  required  to  shut  the  machine  down  at  once  and 

report  the  defect  to  the  foreman. 


20  SAFEGUARDS 


Hoists,  cranes,  derricks  and  other  apparatus  used 
HOISTS.  CRANES,  ^^^  raising  or  moving  material  and  tools  should  be 
DERRICKS,  ETC.  carefully  inspected  daily  to  see  that  they  are  in  good 
condition  and  working  order.  This  inspection  should  be  done  personally 
by  the  hoisting  engineer  in  charge.  It  should  never  be  left  to  an  ignorant 
or  inexperienced  laborer.  Overloading  should  never  be  allowed.  A  hoist, 
crane  or  derrick  should  never  be  operated  without  proper  preliminary 
warning,  given  by  an  experienced  man,  to  workmen  in  the  vicinity  who  may 
be  within  the  zone  of  danger. 

All  vats  or  pans,  and  all  receptacles  containing 
VATS  AND  PANS  ^^^j^g^  ^gj-^j  01-  hot  or  corrosive  fluids  should  be  so 
located  or  protected  as  not  to  be  dangerous  to  employees.  A  fencing  or 
other  guard  will  tend  to  prevent  employees  from  falling  in,  or  the  metal 
or  fluid  from  splashing  on  them. 


CONTACT  WITH 


Mechanical   means   should   be    substituted    for   manual. 

wherever  possible,  in  the  handling  of  dangerous  mate- 
DANGEROUS  .    ,        „.l  u-      •  r       -ui  i  u       u    u 

rial.  When  this  is  not  Feasible,  employees  should  be 
MATERIAL  •  ,       •  ,  i     i      i  •  •  j  , 

equipped  with  protected  clothing,  protective  guards,  and 

tools  and  devices  which  will  aid  in  obviating  personal  contact  with  the 
material.  Where  acids  are  used,  an  abundant  supply  of  w^ater  should  be 
close  at  hand  so  that  employees  who  accidentally  get  acid  on  them  can 
remove  it  as  quickly  as  possible.  Acid  workers  should  use  gloves  which 
will  protect  their  hands. 

Inflammable  material,  such  as  naphtha,  should  be 
INFLAMMABLE  ,  ,    ,         ,,,•,,  t  i 

^.  ^  rr^T^T^T  ^  r  stored   ana   handled   with   the   utmost   care.      In   plants 

MATERIAL  •    1    •  •  . 

where  such  material   is  necessarily  used,  notices  should 

be  prominently  displayed,  giving  explicit  information  of  the  dangers  in- 
volved in  its  use  and  detailed  instructions  as  to  the  amount  safe  to  be  used 
at  a  time  and  the  manner  in  which  it  should  be  handled. 

DUST  GASES  ^"  operations  Indoors  whose  conduct  is  necessarily 
AND  FUMES  accompanied  by  the  creation  of  dust  or  noxious  gases  or 
fumes  every  effort  should  be  made,  through  careful  arrange- 
ment and  mechanical  means,  to  reduce  the  formation  or  free  discharge  of 
these  to  a  minimum.  Much  can  be  accomplished  by  covering  dustmaking 
machines,  vats  and  vessels,  and  by  the  employment  of  various  ventilating, 
exhausting,  condensing  and  burning  devices.  Where  these  are  impracticable 
or  insufiicient,  protective  equipment,  such  as  guards  or  respirators,  should 
be  furnished  to  employees. 

Where  dust  created  is  of  such  a  character  that  it  is  likely  to  explode 
under  certain  conditions  which  may  accidentally  develop  at  any  time,  care 


PREVENTION   OF  ACCIDENTS  21 

should  be  taken  to  introduce  into  the  room  at  intervals  an  amount  of  artificial 
moisture  sufficient  to  remove  this  danger. 

In   all  operations  where  material,   either  metal  or  stone,   is 

T*'RT'lVn\/r'F*'R^ 

. --  trimmed  by  hammer  and  chisel,  or  otherwise,  and  in  all  oper- 

GRINDERS      '^tioris  requiring  the  use  of  emery  wheels  or  grindstones,  where 
there  is  danger  of  flying  chips  and  small  particles,  the  work- 
men  should   be   provided  with   goggles,    or   other   suitable    protectors,    to 
prevent  injury  to  the  eyes. 

„    „      All   m.achines   used    for   bottling    should   be    so    constructed, 

BOTTLERS  ,         ,  ,     ,  ^        .  •,  ,       r 

placed  or  guarded  as  to  prevent,  so  far  as  possible,  fragments 

of  a  bursting  bottle  from  striking  workmen.     Bottlers  should  be  provided 

with  face  masks  and  gauntlets. 

Every    building    used    for    manufacturing    or    mercantile 
DOORS    AND  .  .    ■  . 

_,_.^^„  purposes  should  be  provided  with   a   sufficient  number   of 

EXl  1  o  .  ,     , 

exits   and  hre   escapes   to   permit   prompt   egress    from   the 
building  in  the  event  of  fire  or  panic. 

All  doors  should  open  outward.  No  door,  whether  of  building  or 
room,  should  be  locked,  bolted  or  fastened  while  employees  are  therein  in 
such  a  manner  as  not  to  be  easily  opened  from  the  inside. 

_^,„   „ The  fire  risk,  which  of  course  involves  danger  of  accidental 

THE    FIRE  1    •    •  11  .  r  j 

HAZARD         personal  injury  as  well  as  that  or  property  destruction,   can 

be  much  diminished  by  careful  construction  and  equipment 
of  factories  and  by  subsequent  good  management.  The  necessary  equip- 
ment precautions  against  fire,  which  the  experience  of  the  fire  insurance 
companies  has  proved  to  be  most  effective,  may  be  found  in  the  rules  of  the 
National  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters.  These  rules  should  be  strictly 
observed.  Valuable  hints  for  the  management  of  a  factory  with  a  view 
to  avoiding  fire  will  be  found  in  a  pamphlet  entitled  "  Fire  Prevention  and 
Fire  Insurance,"  published  by  the  Hartford  Fire  Insurance  Company  of 
Hartford,  Conn. 

No  person  under  the  legal  age  should  be  employed  in  any 
capacity  in  or  about  a  plant.  Where  there  are  no  legal  restric- 
tions regarding  the  employment  of  minors,  care  should  certainly  be  taken 
not  to  employ  anyone  under  fourteen  years  of  age.  And  no  person  under 
sixteen  years  of  age  should  he  permitted  to  operate  any  pozver  machinery. 
The  employment  of  young  persons  to  do  work  for  which  they  are  not 
physically  or  mentally  qualified  should  be  particularly  avoided,  as  their 
youth  and  inexperience  make  them  dangerous  to  other  workmen  as  well  as 
to  themselves. 


22 


SAFEGUARDS 


All  dangerous  places  near  which  any  employee  shall 
DANGEROUS  ^^  obliged  to  pass  or  do  his  work  should  be  guarded  by 
PLACES  AND  ^^.^^  covered  or  railed  off.  So  also  should  all  dangerous 
MACHINERY  j^^^,^;^^^  qj.  parts  of  machines.  The  number  of  such 
places  and  machines  is  so  great  that  it  is  impracticable  to  enumerate  them 
here,  but  the  need  for  protection  in  any  instance  will  readily  suggest  itself  to 
an  observant  superintendent  or  foreman. 

CO-OPERATION  OF  EMPLOYEES 

The  furnishing  of  safeguards  will  not  assure  the  prevention  of  acci- 
dents unless  the  employees  co-operate  fully,  willingly  or  otherwise,  in  the 
effort  to  protect  them.  Employees  should  feel  that  whatever  is  done  in 
the  way  of  providing  safeguards  is  designed  for  their  benefit,  and  they  should 
not  be  permitted  to  remove  or  wilfully  destroy  them,  nor  should  they  con- 
sider that  the  provision  of  safeguards  for  machines  which  they  have  been 
accustomed  to  operate  unguarded  is  a  reflection  on  their  ability  or  skill  or 
is  an  interference  with  their  work.  A  great  m.any  safeguards  must  neces- 
sarily be  removable,  for  purposes  of  adjustment,  cleaning  or  oiling,  and  it 
should  be  insisted  that  they  be  replaced  immediately  after  the  completion 
of  such  work.  If  a  safeguard  is  provided  for  a  dangerous  machine  and 
work  is  then  done  without  the  safeguard  in  place,  there  might  just  as  well 
be  no  safeguard. 

Something  of  an  educational  campaign  is  necessary  to  secure  the  earnest 
co-operation  of  employees  in  this  respect,  and  the  foreman  can  conduct  such 
a  campaign  by  keeping  his  eyes  open  and  warning  individual  employees, 
when  necessary,  of  the  danger  of  removing  safeguards.  He  can  do  much 
in  this  direction,  too,  by  maintaining  good  discipline  in  his  department.  If 
his  workmen  are  required  to  obey  other  rules  implicitly,  they  will  be  more 
apt  to  pay  due  attention  to  those  regarding  safeguards. 

It  should  also  be  impressed  upon  employees  that  their  co-operation 
is  desired  in  the  way  of  reporting  any  dangerous  operations  or  conditions 
that  may  be  noticed  by  them.  Such  an  attitude  on  the  part  of  the  foreman 
will  tend,  in  time,  to  make  most  of  his  workmen  keenly  observant  of  things 
which  may  need  to  be  remedied.  Employees  should  be  encouraged  to  warn 
each  other  of  danger  and  the  advisability  of  being  on  the  lookout.  It  has 
been  well  said  that  "more  important  than  safe  machines  and  safe  places 
are  habits  of  care  and  watchfulness." 

REPORTING  OF  ACCIDENTS 

Notwithstanding  all  the  precautions  taken,  accidents  will  happen. 
When  one  does  occur,  it  should  be  immediately  reported  and  thoroughly 


PREVENTION   OF  ACCIDENTS  23 

investigated.  Knowledge  of  exactly  how  one  accident  happened  will  help 
prevention  of  others  of  like  nature.  Foremen  of  departments  doing  similar 
work  should  be  fully  informed  of  the  nature  of  accidents  occurring  in  each 
other's  departments. 

FIRST   AID 

Every  factory  should  have  a  system  for  furnishing  first  aid  to  the 
injured.  The  effects  of  an  accident  may  be  intensified  for  lack  of  immediate 
proper  care  of  the  injured  person.  Even  mere  unskilful  handling  may  do 
further  injury,  in  addition  to  causing  the  sufferer  unnecessary  pain.  Where 
it  is  not  feasible  to  have  a  thoroughly  equipped  emergency  room,  there 
should  be  at  least  a  depot  of  first  aid  supplies  and  a  corps  of  men  trained 
to  give  first  aid.  This  corps  should  consist  of  two  or  more  men  in  each 
department,  so  that  wherever  an  accident  may  occur  aid  will  be  near  at  hand. 

It  does  not  require  a  great  deal  of  knowledge  to  qualify  for  first  aid. 
Any  good  medical  practitioner  can  impart  the  necessary  amount  of  knowl- 
edge to  the  men  in  four  or  five  lectures,  giving  them  an, idea  of  the  makeup 
of  the  human  body,  how  to  treat  hemorrhage  and  bleeding,  fractures, 
insensibility  of  various  kinds,  what  to  do  for  burns  and  scalds  and  how  to 
move  the  sick  and  injured.  The  names  of  the  men  in  each  department 
qualified  to  render  first  aid  should  be  prominently  displayed  in  that  depart- 
ment. Of  course,  the  first  thing  to  do  in  case  of  accident  is  to  send  for  the 
doctor,  and,  in  giving  first  aid,  care  should  be  taken  to  attempt  no  treatment 
which  can  properly  be  done  only  by  the  doctor.  Pending  his  arrival,  how- 
ever, much  can  often  be  accomplished  in  the  way  of  making  the  sufferer 
more  comfortable  and  preventing  his  further  injury. 

EMERGENCY    ROOM 

One  of  the  most  valuable  accessories  to  a  manufacturing  plant  is  an 
emergency  room  for  furnishing  first  aid  to  the  injured.  Such  a  room  is  to 
be  found  in  connection  with  all  up-to-date  factories,  and  wherever  one  has 
been  established  the  expense  of  its  installation  has  been  more  than  justified 
by  the  resulting  advantages.  To  this  room  all  men  who  are  injured,  seri- 
ously or  otherwise,  are  taken,  and  there  cared  for  while  a  physician  is  being 
summoned.  The  room  is  fitted  up  with  all  the  latest  appliances  and  con- 
veniences. Included  in  the  outfit  is  a  movable  stretcher  which  may  be 
shifted  on  wheels  and  a  movable  cushion  which  may  be  lifted  by  means  of 
straps.  Glass  cabinets,  completely  equipped  with  medicines,  instruments  and 
the  like,  form  part  of  the  outfit.  There  is  a  portable  wash  stand  and  the 
room  is  equipped  with  steam  heat,  electric  lights,  running  water,  dishes, 
instruments  of  all  kinds,  cones  for  etherizing  purposes,  bandages,  plasters, 
needles  for  sewing  up  wounds,  cocaine,  absorbent  cotton  and  everything  to 
apply  what  aid  is  necessary  until  a  physician  arrives.     When  he  comes,  no 


24  SAFEGUARDS 


time  Is  wasted  in  preparing  the  patient  for  removal  to  either  his  home  or 
the  hospital,  and  the  physician  is  not  delayed  in  looking  for  instruments 
and  other  facilities  that  might  be  needed  in  caring  for  an  injured  person. 
Aseptic  towels,  surgical  soap,  water  bottles  and  medicines  are  carried  In 

stock. 

The  object  of  this  emergency  room  is  two-fold:  First,  to  relieve  the 
injured  person  as  soon  as  possible,  and  not  only  alleviate  his  pain  but  cleanse 
the  wound  or  prepare  it  for  permanent  dressing  by  the  physician;  and, 
second,  thereby  to  save  time  for  the  patient  as  well  as  the  concern  and  to 
assist  in  his  speedy  recovery. 

^TNA  INSPECTIONS 

This  book  is  published  in  the  Interest  of  the  liability  policyholders 
of  the  .TItna  Life  Ixsuilaxce  Company.  The  pictures  illustrate  prac- 
tical safeguards  and  methods  of  guarding  dangerous  places  and  machinery. 
.Many  ofjfhe  pictures  are  from  photographs  taken  by  .Etna  Inspectors  and 
many  of  the  guards  shown  were  Installed  on  their  recommendations.  It 
will  be  seen  that  many  of  them  are  simple,  yet  all  are  practical,  and  each 
as  applied  is  effective  for  the  purpose  intended.  These  simple  safeguards 
will  be  readily  appreciated  by  the  observant  employer.  He  will  see  what 
some  employers  are  doing  In  the  "field  of  prevention,"  and  this  will  suggest 
ideas  which  can  be  put  into  practical  use  In  his  own  plant. 

It  Is  the  desire  of  the  .Ttxa  to  assist  Its  liability  policyholders  In 
keeping  the  number  of  accidents  down  to  the  lowest  possible  figure. 
The  .Ttx.-\  maintains  a  force  of  trained  Inspectors  for  just  this  purpose, 
whose  duty  it  Is  to  find,  and  bring  to  the  notice  of  the  owner  or  manager  of 
a  plant,  defects  in  machlner}'  and  hazardous  places  wherein  there  is  danger 
of  injury  and  possible  loss  of  life.  The  .-Etxa  Inspector  Is  at  all  times  at 
the  service  of  the  assured.  His  varied  experience  with  all  kinds  of  plants 
and  operations  renders  his  judgment  and  advice  especially  valuable,  and 
this  is  particularly  appreciated  by  those  who  are  desirous  of  having  their 
plants  in  the  best  of  condition. 


GEARS 


Almost  all  machines  are  operated  to  some  extent  by  means  of  gears  of 
one  kind  or  another,  and,  no  matter  what  their  kind,  these  gears  when 
unguarded  spell  danger  to  anyone  who  gets  too  close  to  them.  In  a  great 
many  cases  the  operator  of  the  machine  has  to  work  in  close  proximity  to 
some  of  the  gearing  much  of  the  time,  or  the  nature  of  his  work  makes  it 
necessary  for  him  to  approach  it  at  more  or  less  frequent  intervals.  Others 
than  the  operator  are  also  exposed  to  the  gears,  from  their  ha\'ing  occasion 
to  do  some  of  the  work  connected  with  the  machine,  to  attend  to  other  work 
which  brings  them  near  the  gears,  or  in  passing  by  the  gears,  sometimes 
through  a  narrow  passageway  which  brings  them  perilously  close. 

Whether  operator,  passer-by  or  other,  whoever  comes  close 
HOW    GEARS  .       K  .  ^    .  ^  re  ■ 

to  gearmg  m  motion  is  apt  to  suner  serious  consequences. 

DANGEROUS       Gears  are  usually  driven  with  great  power  and  often  at  a 

high  rate  of  speed,   and  anything  caught  in  them  cannot 

be  withdrawn  without  injury.     If  a  man's  sleeve,  for  instance,  should  be 

caught  in  gears  revolving  at  any  considerable  rate  of  speed,  his  arm  w^ould 

inevitably  follow  the  sleeve.     Such  an  accident  recently  occurred  in  a  rolling 

mill,  when  a  workman  reached  over  a  row  of  live  roll  gears  to  oil  some 

of  the  machinery.     He  slipped  and  the  sleeve  of  his  shirt  caught  In  the  gears 

and  pulled  his  arm  into  them.     His  screams  caused  the  operator  instantly 

to  throw^  the  lever,  stopping  the  machinery,  but  not  before  the  man's  arm 

had  been  crushed  to  the  shoulder,  making  him  a  cripple  for  the  rest  of  his 

days.     Less  prompt  action  on  the  part  of  the  operator  would  have  cost  the 

man  his  life,  for  the  relentless  gears  would  have  undoubtedly  pulled  his  body 

in  after  his  arm. 

Gears  that  mesh  inwardly  are  especially  dangerous,  but  all 

T.rATrr.    ^T>       gears  have  a  sufficient  element  of  danger  attaching  to  their 
WAYS    OF        ^  o  o 

GUARDING  operation  to  require  that  they  be  effectually  guarded,  when- 
ever this  can  be  done  without  positively  interfering  with  the 
working  of  the  machine.  A  great  deal  of  the  machinery  being  manufac- 
tured nowadays  is  equipped  with  gear-protecting  devices,  but  gears  not  so 
protected  can  almost  always  be  rendered  comparatively  harmless  by  means 
of  home-made  safeguards.  If  a  metal  covering  is  not  easily  obtainable,  a 
wooden  one  will  often  serve  the  purpose,  and  either  may  be  so  constructed 


SAFEGUARDS 

,.    ,•£.  J  „ff  ,h,.  apars  when  it  is  necessary  to  examine  or  oil  them, 
that  it  can  be  hfted  off  the  gears  «nen  it  '  safeguard  will 

or  enough  of  the  covermg  catt  be  "- f/-"  7;/^;^  ^„,  li^l,  .^o.ble  and 
prevent  .any  a  f-^J-^^iontt^  fully  against  the  dangers 
expense  to  -??'>,'  .^^^^^"^(^^"/inln  be  removed,  raised  or  opened,  when 
°'  '  s^ar'^does  .t  V  V  h  th  Ob  ection  that  it  might  interfere  with  the  work 
:r  ep ing  th  gea  s  in  order  and  running  smoothly.  Where  a  dangerous 
ot  keepinf,  tne  j,  attached  to  the  machme- 

rr  r  ;r    io    s^oft^d  frl  the  ^oor  is  not  feasible,  the  meshing 
™;  can  often  be  protected  by  mounting  in  front  of  ,t,  and  on  the  same 
spindle,  a  disc  of  sheet  metal  larger  than  the  pmion. 

THE  MERE  INSTALLATION  OF  SAFEGUARDS  WILL  NOT 
NECESSARILY  PREVENT  ACCIDENTS.  SEE  TO  IT  JHAT  THE 
MACHINERY  IS  NEVER  OPERATED  WITHOUT  THE  SAFE- 
GUARDS   BEING   IN   PLACE. 


Fig.  I.     Exposed  Bevel  Gears. 


Fig.  2.     Guard  for  Bevel  Gears. 


GEARS 


27 


Fig.  3.    Unguarded  Gears  of  Slitting  Machine  Used  for  Cutting  Sheet  Metal. 

Although  the  gears  are  not  in  a  position  to  cause  an  accident  to  anyone 
who  may  pass  by  or  near  the  machine,  they  are  dangerous  to  a  person 
attempting  to  clean  the  machine  while  It  is  in  motion  or  to  replace  the 
belt  on  the  pulley. 


Fig.  4.     Guarded  Gears  of  Slitting  Machine  Used  for  Cutting  Sheet  Metal. 

This  shows  the  same  machine  as  Fig.  3,  with  the  gears  protected  by  a 
metal  cover. 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  5,    Live  Roll  Gears  Unprotected. 

This  shows  the  live  roll  gears  in  a  rolling  mill.  The  live  rolls  are 
used  for  conveying  red-hot  billets  of  metal  from  the  furnaces  to  the  mill. 
Thev  are  actuated  bv  cog  gears  shown  at  the  side,  which  revolve  at  a  high 
rate  of  speed.     Unprotected,  they  are  very  dangerous. 


Fig.  6.     Live  Roll  Gears  Protected. 

1  his  shows  the  gears  shown  in  Fig.  5  guarded  by  a  boxed  arrange- 
ment. The  top  of  the  box  is  a  continuous  set  of  covers,  which  can  be 
raised  for  the  purpose  of  looking  at  the  gears  and  attending  to  them  if 
necessary.  The  arrangement  effectually  guards  the  gears  without  being  a 
hindrance  to  the  work. 


GEARS 


29 


Coiirtesy  of  Brown  &=  Sharpe  Mfg.  Co. 


Fig,  7.     Slotting  Machine  Guarded. 

This  picture  shows  a  slotting  machine  with  a  special  attachment  to 
protect  the  workman  from  dangerous  gearing,  at  the  same  time  leaving  an 
opening  so  that  the  operating  parts  can  be  seen. 


30 


SAFEGUARDS 


Courtesy  of  Brown  &>  Sharpe  Mfg.  Cq. 

Fig.  8. 


Fig.  9. 


Fig.  8.    Cog  Gears  Enclosed. 


This  is  a  guard  for  the  index  change  gears  on  a  gear  cutting  machine. 
On  the  first  machine  it  will  be  observed  that  the  guard  is  dropped  down 
to  permit  changing  of  the  gears.  On  the  second  machine  the  guard  is  in 
position  and  the  gears  effectually  covered.  The  arrangement  is  a  simple 
one  and  is  an  excellent  illustration  of  how  exposed  gearing  can  be  protected. 

Fig.  9.    Rail  Guard  for  Exposed  Gears. 

This  shows  exposed  gears  at  the  end  of  a  large  engine  lathe.  As  a 
general  thing,  persons  in  charge  of  a  machine  shop  will  say  that  it  is 
impossible  to  guard  a  machine  of  this  kind,  as  the  gears  have  to  be  changed 
quite  frequently  and  any  guard  would  interfere  with  the  operations.  With 
a  pipe  rail  guard,  as  shown,  there  would  be  very  little  or  no  objection 
to  it  on  that  ground,  for,  when  it  is  necessary  to  change  the  gears,  the  men 
can  very  easily  step  through  the  railing  and  have  plenty  of  space  inside 
to  work. 


GEARS 


Cotirtesy  of  Broiiin  6^  Sharpe  Mfg.  Co. 

Fig.  10.    Method  o£  Guarding  the  Change  Gears  of  a  Lathe. 

The  hand  of  the  young  man  operating  the  arbor  press  Is  protected 
from  the  gearing. 


32 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  II.  Fig.  12. 

Fig.  II.     Guards  Removed  from  Gears  of  Wall  Paper  Printing  and  Coloring 

Machine. 

As  will  be  seen,  there  are  a  large  number  of  gears  of  various  sizes. 
The  large  gears  attached  to  the  cylinder  around  which  the  paper  passes 
are  about  four  feet  in  diameter  and  run  at  a  speed  of  60  revolutions  per 
minute.  To  these  large  gears  are  meshed  the  numerous  small  gears,  which 
rotate  at  300  revolutions  per  minute.  These  small  gears  are  attached  to 
the  ends  of  the  color  rolls,  and  it  is  the  duty  of  the  employees  in  charge  of 
the  machine  to  see  that  the  pans  underneath,  from  which  the  rolls  are  fed, 
are  kept  well  supplied  with  color.  This  work  necessarily  brings  the  em- 
ployees close  to  the  gearing. 


Fig,  12.     Guards  in  Position  on  Wall  Paper  Printing  and  Coloring  Machine. 

The  machine  is  the  same  shown  in  Fig.  11,  with  guards  in  place. 
Owing  to  the  character  of  the  work  performed  by  the  machine,  requiring 
changing  of  the  rolls  every  time  it  is  desired  to  print  a  different  design, 
it  is  necessary  that  a  guard  shall  afford  protection  without  at  the  same  time 
being  a  handicap  on  the  work.  The  guards  shown  are  made  of  sheet  iron 
reinforced  by  iron  bands,  and  as  constructed  will  not  easily  get  out  of  shape 
with  rough  usage. 


GEARS 


33 


Courtesy  of  Brown  &=  S/iarpe  hlfg.  Co. 

Fig.  13.     Gear  Cutting  Machine  Guarded. 


This  shows  a  large  gear  cutting  machine  with  a  wooden  guard   in 
front  of  gears  to  protect  the  workman. 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  14-    Pinion  and  Gear  of  Tumbling  Barrel  Protected  by  Sheet  Metal  Guard. 


Fig.  15.     Gear  Cover  for  Gears  at  End  of  Rolls. 

The  danger  from  the  exposed  gears  on  the  machine  was  that  someone 
might  lean  against  the  gears  and  be  drawn  into  them. 


GEARS 


35 


CcMriesj  L-^ Bro^K  ^  Sijrj-i  JJ  -/T  i 


Fig.  1 6.     Feed  Gears  Guarded. 

This  shows  a  guard  for  the  feed  gears  of  a  gear  cutting  machine,  the 
guard  being  hinged.     It  is  swung  open  in  the  picture. 


36 


SAFEGUARDS 


" 

^^^^^^^^^^^^      M**  i*"*'^^  y'^^BWiTf  ww¥wrww^^^^^^^^^^3n^\. 

\ 

'W'' 

H^g^^^ 

lft.Vr,?L 

■      .■^.ar      -urn   «5"«» '^//(»\S^^5*i 

p- 7 

-•'<■,*.*  .-^'  ■;. 

i'    7'  ^ 

1  ■ 

1 

i 

1 

f  ( 

Fig.  17. 


Unguarded  Gears  on  Machine  Used  for  Cutting  Threads  in  Pipe 
Fittings. 


The  machine  is  partially  guarded  by  a  railing,  but  this  rail  was  not 
considered  sufficient  protection  to  a  person  who  might  have  occasion  to 
clean  or  adjust  the  machine. 


Fig.  18. 


Guarded  Gears  on  Machine  Used  for  Cutting  Threads  in  Pipe 
Fittings. 


This  is  the  same  machine  shown  in  Fig.  17  with  the  gears  guarded  by 
means  of  metal  covers  so  made  that  they  can  be  lifted  out  of  their  places 
without  unfastening  any  screws  or  bolts. 


GEARS 


37 


Fig.  19.     Pipe  Railing  Surrounding  Gear  Pit  of  Boring  Mill. 

Machine  shops  where  they  have  machines  of  this  character  often  fail 
to  guard  the  gears,  inasmuch  as  they  believe  that  guards  would  interfere 
with  the  frequent  changing  of  the  gears  that  is  required.  A  railing  such 
as  is  shown  stands  about  3V2   feet  in  height. 


Fig.  20,     Guarded  Machine  for  Cutting  Threads  in  Pipe  Fittings. 

Not  only  are  the  gears  of  this  machine  covered  with  a  sheet  metal 
guard,  but  there  is  also  a  guard  placed  to  protect  a  person  from  getting 
caught  on  any  part  of  the  chuck  which  holds  the  fitting. 


38 


SAFEGUARDS 


Courtesy  o/ Draper  Co7ttf>any 

Fig.  21.     Gears  on  Twister. 


This  picture  shows  the  gears  at  the  driving  end  of  a  twister. 


Courtesy  of  Draper  Company 

Fig.  22.     Guarded  Gears  on  Twister. 
This  shows  the  twister  with  the  gears  at  the  driving  end  enclosed. 


GEARS 


39 


Fig.  23.     Cotton  Mill  Balling  Machine.     Showing  Guard  Removed  from 

Gears. 

This  machine  is  used  in  connection  with  the  warping  frame,  a  part  of 
which  is  shown  at  the  right  of  the  picture. 


Fig.  24.     Cotton  Mill  Balling  Machine.    Showing  Guard  in  Place  Over  Gears. 

(Same  machine  as  shown  in  Fig  23.) 


4° 


SAFEGUARDS 


il  mm 

n 

Fig.  25.  Fig.  26. 

Fig.  25.     Cotton  Mill  Spinning  Frame.     Showing  Guard  Raised  From  Gears 
Which  Operate  the  Feed  or  Top  Rolls. 


Fig.  26.     Cotton  Mill  Spinning  Frame.     Showing  Guard  in  Place  Over  Gears 
Which  Operate  the  Feed  or  Top  Rolls. 

(Same  machine  as  shown  in  Fig.  25.) 


GEARS 


41 


Courtesy  of  Draper  Company 


Fig.  27.     Guarded  Gears  on  Loom. 

At  the  lower  left  hand  of  the  machine  are  shown  the  take  up  gears 
guarded  by  metal  covering.  The  loom  is  also  provided  with  a  shuttle 
guide  to  keep  the  shuttle  from  flying  out  and  injuring  the  weaver. 


42 


SAFEGUARDS 


^^^J^^ 

RH^ 

I 

1 

1 

-«riiSlP 

1 

jmL 

w! 

"V^ 

im 

'>'*  ^Hllfl 

Fig.  28.  Fig.  2g. 

Figs.  28  and  29.     Exposed  Gears. 

Fig.  28  shows  a  shell  mill  or  crusher  with  rolls  and  gears  unprotected. 
Fig.  29  shows  the  position  a  man  was  in  when  his  clothing  caught  in  the 
gears,  dragging  his  body  between  them  and  injuring  him  so  that  he  died 
almost  instantly.  Guards  completely  covering  the  rolls  and  gears  had 
been  provided,  but  the  man  persisted  in  working  about  the  machine  with  the 
guards  off,  which  was  contrary  to  instructions.  The  accident  not  only 
illustrates  the  danger  of  exposed  gears,  but  the  consequences  that  sometimes 
attend  wilful  violation  of  instructions. 


BELTS  AND  PULLEYS 


Pulleys  and  the  belts  which  operate  them  or  by  which  they  are  operated 
are  danger  points  in  connection  with  the  running  of  machinery,  against  which 
ample  protection  can  be  furnished  with  little  expense  and  trouble.  The 
source  of  most  of  the  risk  is  the  place  where  the  belt  and  the  pulley  come 
together,  and  the  larger  the  belt  and  the  pulley  the  greater  the  danger. 
Many  accidents  have  been  caused  by  persons  getting  caught  between  a  belt 
and  a  pulley. 

The  junction  of  belt  and  pulley  is  most  dangerous  when  it  is  situated 
near  a  passageway,  but  no  matter  where  it  is  located  there  is  chance  of 
someone  having  to  be  near  enough  to  it  to  be  caught  and  injured. 

Protection  against  this  danger  is  found  in  boxing  or  railing 
BELT  AND  °^  ^^^  spot.  A  pipe  rail  or  a  wooden  slat  arrangement  is 
PULLEY  perhaps  the  best  in  many  cases,  as  either  will  act  as  an  effective 

guard.     The  pipe  railing  is  also  very  neat  in  appearance. 

Sometimes,  however,  a  sheet  metal  covering  is  necessary  to  accomplish 
the  desired  object,  or  the  requisite  degree  of  safety  is  best  assured  by  the 
use  of  a  screen  in  connection  with  a  pipe-railing.  All  countershafts  set  on 
a  floor  and  every  other  point  where  belt  and  pulley  meet  at  a  place  where 
a  workman  may  ever  have  occasion  to  go,  should  be  guarded  in  some  way. 

Where  it  is  not  possible  to  box  or  screen  a  pulley,  as  is  sometimes  the 
case,  the  arms  of  the  pulleys  should  be  covered  with  a  metal  disc  attached 
securely  to  them. 

ctTT-cT-TKT/-  ^^  councctiou  with  belts  and  pulleys  it  should  be  remembered 
OF  BELTS  ^  great  danger  attaches  to  the  operation  of  shiftmg  a  belt 
by  hand.  Many  a  broken  arm  and  often  more  serious  injuries 
have  been  caused  by  hand  shifting  of  belts,  th;  hand  or  arm  being  caught 
and  carried  around  the  pulley.  Such  accidents  have  been  especially  frequent 
where  there  was  but  the  single  pulley.  To  use  the  hand  in  picking  up  a 
belt  from  shafting  or  a  rest  and  placing  it  on  a  rapidly  revolving  pulley,  or 
in  removing  it  from  the  pulley,  involves  a  great  deal  of  risk,  no  matter  how 
expert  one  may  have  become  in  the  operation.  Very  frequently,  too,  a 
man  desiring  to  shift  a  belt  in  this  fashion  will  climb  upon  some  frail  or 
unsteady  support,  such  as  a  box  or  step  ladder,  or  he  will  use  an  ordinary 
ladder  placed  against  the  revolving  shafting  or  a  wall  very  close  to  it.     Such 


44  SAFEGUARDS 


a  support  is  likely  to  give  way  or  slip,  causing  him  to  grasp  the  pulley  or 
shafting  to  save  himself  from  a  fall. 

Loose  pulleys,  with  proper  mechanical  means  for  shifting  the  belts 
from  the  floor  level,  should  always  be  provided,  or  the  friction  clutch  pulley 
used.  Where  neither  of  these  methods  is  in  existence  an  efficient  belt  shifter 
operated  by  hand  should  be  used.  Often  only  a  common  pole  or  stick  is 
employed,  but  even  this  is  better  than  shifting  the  belt  by  hand.  The  pole, 
however,  should  be  long  enough  for  the  man  using  it  to  hold  it  firmly  at  his 
side  and  not  to  be  compelled  to  hold  it  at  the  end  and  stretch  his  arms  up  to 
reach  the  pulley. 

When  tight  and  loose  pulleys  are  used,  care  should  be  taken  so  to 
arrange  the  shifting  apparatus  that,  when  the  belt  is  moved  to  the  loose 
pulley,  it  will  stay  there  and  not  creep  back  on  the  tight  pulley  and  unex- 
pectedly start  the  machine  with  which  it  is  connected. 

Frequent  inspection  should  be  made  of  belts,  especially 
INvSPECTION  ,  ,  J  •    •      J  u  L         u 

_„  _,„T  ^-  where  the  ends  are  joined  together,  to  see  that  there  are 

O  V    i3ij^J-/  X  o  11/-- 

AUY)  no  breaks  and  that  the  fastenings  are  secure  and  smooth. 

PULLEYS  '^^^  breaking  of  a  high-speed  belt  is  apt  to  cause  serious 

injury  to  anyone  who  may  be  near  it.  Pulleys  also  should 
be  frequently  examined  for  defects  or  signs  of  wear. 

Loose  pulleys  should  not  be  placed  on  the  shafting  itself,  but  should 
be  mounted  independently.  In  mounting  pulleys  on  shafting,  the  pulley 
should  be  somewhat  more  than  the  belt's  width  from  any  projection  on 
the  shafting.  This  will  prevent  the  belt  getting  wedged  if  it  should  slip 
from  the  pulley. 

An  unshipped  belt  should  never  be  allowed  to  rest  on  the  shafting, 
but  should  be  placed  on  a  rest  or  hook  provided  for  the  purpose.  Belts 
should  never  be  laced  or  adjusted  while  the  machinery  is  in  motion. 

THE  MERE  INSTALLATION  OF  SAFEGUARDS  WILL  NOT 
NECESSARILY  PREVENT  ACCIDENTS.  SEE  TO  IT  THAT  THE 
MACHINERY  IS  NEVER  OPERATED  WITHOUT  THE  SAFE- 
GUARDS  BEING   IN   PLACE. 


BELTS  AND  PULLEYS 


45 


Fig.  30.     Driving  Belt  in  Aisle  Boxed  in. 


Fig.  31.     Large  Horizontal  Belt,  Unguarded. 

This  shows  a  large  horizontal  belt  in  an  electric  light  plant.  The 
chief  danger  lies  in  persons  stepping  through  the  belt  to  save  going  around. 
It  could  easily  be  guarded  by  a  double  railing  on  each  side. 


46 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  32.     Belt  and  Pulley  of  Soap  Grinding  Machine  with  Guard  Removed. 


Fig.  33.    Belt  and  Pulley  of  Soap  Grinding  Machine  with  Guard  in  Position. 


BELTS  AND  PULLEYS 


47 


Fig.  34.  Fig.  35. 

Fig.  34.     Open  or  Exposed  Small  Pulley  and  Belt  on  Side  of  Slitting  Machine. 

This  pulley  Is  waist  high  from  the  floor  and  there  Is  danger  of  a 
person  getting  caught  between  the  belt  and  the  pulley,  should  he  go  too 
close  to  them. 


Fig.  35.     Guarded  Small  Pulley  and  Belt  on  Slitting  Machine. 

This   shows   the   same   machine    as   In    Fig.    34   with    a    metal   guard 
for  the  pulley  and  belt.     This  guard  Is  easily  removable  when  necessary. 


48 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  36.     Pipe  Railing  Surrounding  Floor  Countershaft  Used  in  Driving 

a  Blower. 

Floor  countershafts  are  commonly  used  in  factories  and  are  sometimes 
guarded  by  being  enclosed  with  a  wood  framework  or  being  entirely  boxed 
in.    The  pipe  rail  shown  in  this  picture  is  one  form  of  protection. 


^^m^^- 

^^JMk 

^^^^^^^ 

S^~---c:=3==^=^^ 

^ 

7^-^^ 

_^- 

- 

^^^ 

^^^^' 

r^. 

Fig.  37.     Guarded  Countershaft  Used  in  Driving  a  Lathe. 

This  countershaft  sets  on  the  floor  in  one  of  the  main  aisles.  Many 
persons  consider  that  the  style  shown  in  this  picture  of  guarding  a  counter- 
shaft on  the  floor  is  the  most  satisfactory.  The  guard  shown  is  left  partly 
open  at  the  top  and  only  slats  are  used  on  the  sides. 


BELTS  AND   PULLEYS 


49 


Fig-  39- 
Guarded  Belt  and  Pulley  of  Drill  Press. 

Fig.  39.     Guarding  Point  where  Belt  and  Pulley  Meet. 

Many  accidents  are  caused  by  persons  getting  caught  on  belts  and 
pulleys  situated  like  those  shown  in  this  picture.  The  guard  shown  is  made 
of  sheet  metal  in  the  shape  of  an  angle,  and  is  fastened  by  two  iron  straps 
to  the  framework  of  the  machine. 


5° 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  40.     Guarded  Belt  with  Tight  and  Loose  Pulleys. 


Fig.  41.     Pipe  Rail  Guard  Around  Belt  and  Pulley  of  a  Blower. 

This  guard  is  made  of  pipe  railing  to  which  is  bolted  a  wire  screen. 
It  gives  full  protection  to  those  passing  up  and  down  the  aisle  next  to  the 
machine  and  also  has  a  neat  appearance. 


BELTS  AND  PULLEYS 


51 


Fig.  42.     Paper  Cutter,  Clutch  and  Gear  Guarded. 

The  driving  belt  and  friction  clutch  are  guarded  with  a  wooden 
sheathing  on  the  left,  and  there  is  also  a  guard  over  the  gears  on  the  right 
of  the  machine. 


Fig.  43.     Ending  Machine  for  Pasting  Boxes,  Belt  and  Pulley  Guarded. 

On  the  right  the  belt  and  pulley  are  shown  boxed  in.     In  the  center 
the  friction  clutch  on  the  single  ender  and  the  belt  and  pulley  are  also  boxed. 


52 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  44. 


Fig.  45. 


Fig.  44.     Belt  Placer. 


This  is  a  German  dev^ice.  It  is  hinged  in  two  places  and  at  the  end 
is  a  fork,  which  fits  the  shaft.  At  the  first  joint  is  a  shoe  on  which  the  belt 
is  placed  to  guide  it  on  the  pulley.  The  second  joint,  or  the  one  nearest 
the  handle,  permits  the  placer  to  run  around  the  pulley  until  the  shoe  is 
released  between  the  belt  and  the  pulley. 


Fig.  45.     Drill  Press  with  Pulleys  Guarded  and  Bevel  Gears  of  Spindle 

Guarded. 

(Used  at  plant  of  Link  Belt  Machinery  Co.) 

The  picture  shows  the  drill  press  with  a  pipe  railing  around  the  pulleys 
and  also  a  sheet  metal  guard  surrounding  the  bevel  gears  at  the  top  of  the 
spi'ndle.  It  is  seldom  that  these  bevel  gears  are  guarded  in  this  manner, 
because  they  are  at  some  height  above  the  floor,  but  there  is  a  possibility  of 
a  person  getting  caught  in  these  gears  while  wiping  the  machinery. 


BELTS  AND   PULLEYS 


53 


Fig.  46.     Back-Setting  Machine,  Clutch  and  Belt  Guarded. 

This  shows  the  friction  clutch  and  belt  boxed  in.  They  were  especially 
dangerous,  as  the  end  of  the  machine  was  situated  next  to  an  aisle.  The 
table  on  the  left  is  removed  from  the  machine  to  show  sprockets  and  chain 
drives.  When  the  machine  is  operating  this  table  is  placed  close  to  the 
machine,  guarding  the  sprockets  and  chains. 


FLY  WHEELS  AND  DRIVING  BELTS 


Fly  wheels  and  driving  belts  furnish  the  first  means  for  the  transmis- 
sion of  power  from  the  engine  to  the  several  machines  to  be  operated,  and 
the  necessary  protection  of  machinery  begins  with  them.  They  are  prin- 
cipally dangerous  for  several  reasons.  They  are  almost  always  of  consid- 
erable size  and  sometimes  huge.  They  usually  move  at  a  high  rate  of 
speed.  The  draft  created  by  their  motion  attracts  loose  clothing  of  persons 
near  them.  Fly  wheels  are  usually  located  in  an  engine  pit,  into  which  there 
is  danger  of  persons  falling;  and  they  are  often  situated  in  basements,  where 
the  light  is  dim. 

Every  fly  wheel  should  be  guarded  by  a  fence  around  it,  and 
T^rND  T7T  ^7  the  belt  or  ropes  transmitting  the  power  from  the  wheel  should 
WHEELS       ^^  protected  in  the  same  way  for  at  least  enough  distance  above 

the  floor  level  to  prevent  workmen  from  coming  in  contact  with 
them.  This  guard  may  be  in  the  form  of  a  metal  casing,  screen  or  picket 
fence,  as  is  sometimes  advisable,  or  it  may  consist  merely  of  a  fence  made 
of  wood  strips  or  pipe  railing.  If  of  one  of  the  latter  kinds,  it  will  be  well 
to  have  a  skirting  board  at  least  six  inches  In  height  at  the  bottom,  to  prevent 
anything  accidentally  falling  from  the  floor  into  the  pit  and  thereby  possibly 
causing  trouble. 

A  XT  TXTon-AXT/-T-     The  ncccssIty  for  a  guard  to  a  fly  wheel  pit  was  most 

AN    INSTANCE       r        -i  i      -n  i    •        i  r        n  i       i    • 

IN  POINT  forcibly  illustrated  in  the  case  of  a  fly  wheel  in  a  small 

country  mill,  located  in  a  pit  near  the  outer  wall  of  a 
basement.  The  edge  of  the  pit  was  only  a  few  Inches  from  the  wall.  The 
engineer  had  frequent  occasion  to  walk  along  the  narrow  portion  of  the 
floor  between  the  wheel  pit  and  the  wall,  but  he  could  not  see  any  necessity 
for  a  fence  at  the  edge  of  the  pit.  He  had  walked  there  for  many  years 
and  he  guessed  he  knew  enough  to  take  care  of  himself,  was  his  Invariable 
reply  to  all  suggestions  that  the  pit  be  guarded.  He  walked  there  again 
one  day  and,  whether  he  forgot  for  once  to  be  cautious  or  something  beyond 
his  control  happened,  he  fell  Into  the  pit  and  was  mangled  almost  beyond 
recognition.  Not  all  fly  wheels  are  located  in  such  dangerous  spots,  but  the 
risk  caused  by  the  fly  wheel  is  great  enough,  no  matter  where  It  is  situated, 
to  require  full  protection  for  everyone  who  may  have  to  go  near  it. 


FLY  WHEELS   AND   DRIVING   BELTS  55 

The   places   where   belts    run    through    the    floors    should   be 

BELTS 

T^TTivTi^TTXT^       securel)'  guarded  by  means  of  boxing  or  railing.     There   is 

RUNNING  1  /-  •        •  1 

THROUGH     ^^^^^  danger  ot  someone  stepping  mto  such  an  opening  if  \t  is 

FLOORS  ^^^^  unguarded.      If  the  opening  was  large  enough  the  belt 

might  drag  the  person  through  it,  with  the  result  that  he  would 

be  violently  thrown  to  the  floor  below,  if  not  hurled  into  moving  machinerv 

down  there.    In  case  of  the  opening  being  only  large  enough  to  permit  a  foot 

to  go  through,  the  foot  would  be  badly  cut  and  lacerated  by  the  swiftly 

moving  belt,  especially  if  the  belt  fastener  or  lacing  was  not  flush  with  the 

surface  of  the  belt. 

It  is  not  the  opening  alone  that  is  dangerous.  The  speed  at  which  some 
belts  run  creates  a  draft  which  attracts  clothing.  Women  especially,  from 
the  nature  of  their  clothing,  are  subject  to  the  risk  of  being  dragged  by  this 
draft  against  the  belt,  if  not  into  the  opening  through  which  the  belt  runs. 

Accidents  from  the  whipping  of  loose  belt  laces  are  by  no  means 
uncommon,  as  are  also  mishaps  due  to  contact  with  the  points  of  screws  and 
nuts  used  in  other  forms  of  belt  fasteners. 

THE  MERE  INSTALLATION  OF  SAFEGUARDS  WILL  NOT 
NECESSARILY  PREVENT  ACCIDENTS.  SEE  TO  IT  THAT  THE 
MACHINERY  IS  NEVER  OPERATED  WITHOUT  THE  SAFE- 
GUARDS  BEING  IN   PLACE. 


56 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  47.     Unguarded  Rope  Drive  Passing  Through  Concrete  Floor. 


Fig.  48.     Pipe  Railing  Around  Rope  Drive  Where  It  Passes  Through 

Concrete  Floor. 

Surrounding  such  a  dangerous  spot  with  such  a  simple  protection  as 
the  pipe  railing  shown  practically  remov^es  the  danger.  Rope  drives  are 
similar  to  belts  and,  as  they  are  usually  run  at  a  high  speed,  there  is  always 
danger  of  a  person  being  injured  by  coming  in  contact  with  them  and  getting 
his  clothing  caught.  There  is  also  danger  of  stepping  into  the  hole  through 
which  the  rope  passes. 


FLY  WHEELS  AND  DRIVING  BELTS 


57 


Fig.  49.     Iron  Pipe  Railing  Guarding  a  Large  Belt  and  Pulley  on  Driving 

Shaft. 


Fig.  50.     Fly  Wheel  Guarded  by  Pipe  Railing. 

This  railing  prevents  anyone  from  falling  into  the  pit  or  against  the 
fly  wheel. 


58 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  51.     Method  of  Guarding  Main  Belt  Coming  Up  Through  Floor. 


Fig.  52.     Main  Driving  Belt  Running  Through  Floor  Cased  in. 

This  is  done  to  prevent  persons  passing  under  and  close  to  the  belt. 
This  method  of  guarding  the  belt  is  often  the  only  feasible  way. 


5ET  5CREWS 


The  protruding  set  screw  in  collars  on  shafting  is  a  harmless  enough 
thing  to  look  at,  yet  it  has  probably  caused  more  serious  accidents  than  any- 
thing else  connected  with  the  operation  of  machinery.  It  projects  beyond 
the  face  of  the  collar  and,  being  square  and  sharp  and  revolving  rapidly 
with  the  shafting,  it  attracts  and  entangles  any  loose  material  coming  within 
its  reach.  It  will  catch  the  clothing  of  anyone  who  may  chance  to  come  near 
enough  to  it  and,  if  the  clothing  does  not  give  way  at  once  under  the  strain, 
its  wearer  will  be  picked  up  and  whirled  around  the  shafting  and  seriously 
If  not  fatally  injured. 

In  any  factory  the  workmen  are  likely  to  be  constantly  exposed  to  such 
danger,  unless  the  numerous  set  screws  are  guarded  or  some  other  form 
of  collar  is  used.  Not  only  do  they  have  to  run  more  or  less  of  this  risk 
as  they  move  about  the  plant,  but  those  who  have  to  adjust  machinery,  dress 
belts  or  do  other  work  near  shafting  are  especially  exposed  to  the  hazard. 

No  protruding  set  screw  which  revolves,  no  matter  in  how  remote  a 
place  it  is  situated,  can  be  considered  safe.  Many  accidents  have  been  caused 
by  such  screws  located  in  places  where  they  were  supposed  to  be  out  of  reach 
of  anyone. 

There  are  many  ways  of  guarding  set  screws.  For  instance, 
KINDS   OF  ^^^y  ^^^  ^^   countersunk  so   that   they   will   not   project 

SAFEGUARDS      beyond  the  surface  of  the  collar  and  may  be  worked  with 

a  box  key  or  a  screw  driver,  or  they  may  be  made  in  hollow 
form,  flush  with  the  collar  and  adjustable  by  means  of  a  square  kev.  Then 
there  is  the  safety  collar,  made  of  wood  with  a  hole  in  it  in  which  the  pro- 
truding screw  is  placed.  The  collar  is  in  two  parts  and  is  screwed  together 
when  in  position  on  the  shaft.  A  simple  method  of  covering  a  protruding 
screw  is  to  wind  some  leather  or  rubber  belting  around  the  collar,  the  screw 
extending  through  a  hole  in  the  belting  at  each  turn  until  the  belting  and 
top  of  screw  are  flush.  The  belting  is  then  firmly  secured.  There  are  also 
safety  collars  which  clamp  the  shafting  without  the  aid  of  set  screws. 

THE  MERE  INSTALLATION  OF  SAFEGUARDS  WILL  NOT 
NECESSARILY  PREVENT  ACCIDENTS.  SEE  TO  IT  THAT  THE 
MACHINERY  IS  NEVER  OPERATED  WITHOUT  THE  SAFE- 
GUARDS   BEING   IN   PLACE. 


6o 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  53-  ^'^'  54. 

Fig.  53.     Protruding  Set   Screw  and  Key-way. 

Fig.  54.     Countersunk  Set  Screw  and  Unprotected  Shaft  End. 


Fig.  55-  Fig.  56. 

Fig.  55.     Safety  Collars  for  Set  Screws. 

(^Manufactured   by   Middletown   [Machine    Co.,    Middletown,   Ohio.) 

Each  collar  is  secured  to  the  shaft  by  set  screws,  but  they  are  sunk  so 
as  to  be  flush  with  or  below  the  surface  of  the  collar.  The  split  collar  is 
arranged  so  that  it  can  be  placed  at  any  part  of  the  shaft,  and  in  this  respect 
it  is  a  decided  advantage  over  the  solid  collar,  which  has  to  be  slipped  on  at 
the  end  of  the  shaft  and  moved  to  the  desired  point. 


Fig.  56.     Safety  Clamp  Collar. 

(Manufactured  by  S.  T.  Murchie,  Kaukaur.a,  Wis.) 

This  collar  is  something  new  in  that  it  does  not  require  set  screws  to 
hold  it  to  shafting.  It  is  held  in  place  by  friction,  one  part  of  the  collar 
tightening  the  other  part  and  clamping  it  to  the  shaft. 


1 


SET  SCREWS 


6i 


Fig.  57-  Fig.  58. 

Fig.  57.     Set  Screw  Countersunk. 

Fig.  58.     Rubber  Protector  for  Set  Screw. 

(Manufactured  by  H.  O.  Canfield  Co.,  Bridgeport,  Conn.) 


/^^^^^                   ^'-'^^ 

^^^^^ 

^-^      ^rrfffll 

^.-^ 

^^^K'^"\ 

^^*^''*!^   ^fiiTi  Joey* 

^\ 

^^»\ 

"^ 

1^^ 

^ 

^s* 

^-^ 

Fig.  59-  Fig.  60. 

Fig.  59.     Shaft  End  Protected. 
The  guard  is  a  sheet  metal  casing  in  which  the  shaft  end  revolves. 


Fig.  60.     Hollow  Set  Screw. 

(Manufactured  by  Hammacher,   Schlemmer  &  Co.,  New  York  City.) 

This  screw  is  purposely  made  short  so  that  it  will  not  protrude  beyond 
the  surface  of  the  collar.  The  wrench  is  inserted  the  full  length  of  the 
screw,  so  that  there  is  no  torsional  strain,  and  the  whole  force  is  applied 
largely  at  the  point  of  the  screw  where  it  is  required. 


62 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  6i.     Unguarded  Opening  Between  Ends  of  Shaft  in  Stone  Crusher  Plant. 

This  place  was  the  scene  of  a  fatal  accident.  The  opening  between 
the  ends  of  the  shafts  is  only  eight  inches  wide,  so  narrow  that  it  was  never 
thought  necessar}'  to  guard  it.  An  employee,  however,  undertook  to  go 
between  the  rapidly  revolving  shafts  one  day,  and  in  doing  so  the  upper 
part  of  the  sweater  which  he  wore  caught  on  the  protruding  key  on  one  of 
the  shafts,  which  is  seen  to  be  unprotected,  and,  winding  around  the  shafts, 
literally  strangled  the  man  to  death.  This  picture  illustrates  two  dangerous 
conditions:  First,  the  protruding  key  and  ends  of  shafting,  which  should 
have  been  covered;  and,  second,  the  unguarded  space  between  the  shafting, 
which  should  have  been  fenced  or  railed  off. 


SPROCKET  WHEELS  AND  CHAINS 


One  has  only  to  look  at  a  sprocket  wheel  driven  by  a  chain  to  realize 
that  It  is  a  dangerous  thing  to  have  exposed.  It  is  more  dangerous  than  the 
belt  and  pulley  because  things  will  catch  in  the  teeth  of  the  sprocket  more 
easily  than  on  the  smooth  pulley.  For  this  reason  it  is  even  more  necessary 
that  the  sprocket  wheel  and  chain  should  be  boxed  in  or  guarded  in  some 
other  effective  manner. 

The   fact  that  the  sprocket  wheel   is   slow   running  or   is 

SPEED    OR  -^     ^   J  •         u   ^  •  w     u  ^     c  ^u  1 

situated  m  what  is  supposed  to  be  an  out-or-the-wav  place 
LOCATION 

,,^  should  not  be  set  forth  as  an  argument  that  it  is  not  neces- 

NO  ... 

SAFEGUARD        ^^^^  ^°  guard  it.     That  is  how  so  many  accidents  occur,  just 

thinking  that  no  one  will  go  near  the  dangerous  spot.     But 

someone  does  go  near  it,  and  every  time  this  happens  there  is  the  possibility 

of  an  accident.     While  perhaps  some  things  in  an  "out-of-the-way  place" 

that  should  be  guarded  may  be  left  unguarded  with  comparatively  little 

chance  of  ill  result,  this  risk  should  never  be  taken  with  the  sprocket  wheel 

and  chain  because  of  its  extremely  dangerous  character. 

In  a  cement  manufacturing  mill  a  sprocket  wheel  was  located 

HOW     ONE  .  r/-^Ni  LH  T  -JJ  r 

.  ^^^^„, in  a  safe  (  :)  place  near  the  rioor.     It  was  considered  a  sarf 

ACCIDENT  \     /    1 

OCCURRED  place  because  people  seldom  went  near  it.  One  day  a  work- 
man, making  necessary  repairs  close  by,  slipped  and  his  right 
foot  went  in  between  the  sprocket  and  the  chain,  which  crushed  it  so  badly 
that  it  had  to  be  amputated.  This  accident  demonstrated  to  the  manager  of 
the  mill  that  the  sprocket  wheel  and  chain  was  dangerous  and  he  then  had 
it  fenced  in.  Perhaps  down  in  his  heart  he  knew  it  before  the  accident,  but 
he  took  a  chance  that  no  one  would  get  hurt,  and  lost. 

THE  MERE  INSTALLATION  OF  SAFEGUARDS  WILL  NOT 
NECESSARILY  PREVENT  ACCIDENTS.  SEE  TO  IT  THAT  THE 
MACHINERY  IS  NEVER  OPERATED  WITHOUT  THE  SAFE- 
GUARDS  BEING   IN   PLACE. 


64 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  62.  Fig.  63. 

Fig,  62.     Unguarded  Sprocket  Wheel  and  Chain  of  a  Small  Conveyor. 

This  wheel  and  chain,  being  near  the  floor,   is  dangerous  to  anyone 
who  may  be  required  to  pass  near  it. 


Fig.  63.     Guarded  Sprocket  Wheel  and  Chain  of  a  Small  Conveyor. 

This  is  the  sprocket  wheel  and  chain  shown  in  Fig.  62,  guarded  by 
a  wooden  cover  made  with  a  wide  piece  at  the  bottom,  so  that  it  will  stand 
firmly  on  the  floor. 


SPROCKET  WHEELS  AND  CHAINS 


65 


I^'ig.  64.     Unguarded  Chain  and  Sprocket  in  Cement  Manufacturing  Plant. 


Fig.  65.     Guarded  Chain  and  Sprocket  in  Cement  Manufacturing  Plant. 
This  is  the  same  chain  and  sprocket  shown  in  Fig.  64,  fenced  In. 


ROLLS  AND   KNIVES 


It  is  almost  needless  to  say  that  roll  feed  machinery  is  dangerous.  The 
many  serious  accidents  that  have  occurred  in  connection  with  the  operation 
of  it  is  positive  evidence  that  this  is  so.  Very  often  the  work  is  of  such  a 
character  that  the  hands  must  go  close  to  the  rolls  in  order  properly  to 
adjust  the  material  that  is  fed  into  them.  In  this  lies  the  element  of  danger, 
unless  there  is  a  guard  of  some  kind  to  prevent  the  operator's  hands  going 
beyond  a  certain  point.  If  there  is  no  guard,  nothing  but  the  greatest. kind 
of  vigilance  on  the  part  of  the  operator  will  avoid  an  accident. 

It  is  unreasonable  to  expect  that  a  person  will  concentrate  the  mind 
on  a  certain  thing  hour  after  hour.  It  is  true  that  the  operator  in  time 
becomes  more  or  less  mechanical,  but  the  mind  will  wander  or  attention 
will  be  diverted,  and  sooner  or  later  the  operator  will  make  a  false  movement 
and  the  hand  will  be  caught.  The  injuries  vary  according  to  the  size  and 
character  of  the  machinery,  and  run  from  pinching  of  fingers  to  crushing 
of  arms  to  the  shoulder,  and  even  death. 

As  in  the  case  of  accidents  from  other  kinds  of  machinery, 

LAUNDRY  •  ,  r  n   r      j  u-  u     i  t  J 

•n^A^TTT^T^T^xr  accidcttts  trom  roll  reed  machmerv  can  be  largely  prevented 
MACHINERY  ...  ,  .  •  i      i  r  i         t 

by  equippmg  the  machmes  with  the  proper  safeguards.     In 

the  case  of  the  collar  and  cuff  ironers  and  mangles  in  a  laundry,  for  instance, 
it  is  not  a  difficult  matter  to  guard  the  rolls  at  the  point  of  feed.  For  the 
collar  and  cuff  ironer,  a  strip  of  wood  placed  in  front  of  the  feed  roll  at 
just  sufficient  height  to  permit  the  material  to  be  fed  under,  is  all  that  is 
necessary.  For  the  mangle,  a  rod  placed  several  inches  in  front  of  the  feed 
roll  and  held  in  place  by  springs,  or  by  its  own  weight,  forms  an  effective 
guard.  The  necessity  for  guards  on  ironing  machines  is  now  so  well  recog- 
nized that  practically  all  up-to-date  machines  are  equipped  with  them  before 
the  machines  leave  the  factory. 

CALENDER  ^"  paper,  rubber  and  textile  mills,  calender  rolls  are  used  to 
ROLLS  ^  great  extent,  and  it  has  been  found  feasible  to  guard  the 

rolls  at  the  intake  in  most  instances.  This  is  sometimes  done 
by  applying  an  auxiliary  wooden  roll  in  front  of  the  feed  rolls,  the  same 
being  held  in  place  by  a  simple  arrangement  of  link  work  and  balanced 
weights.  For  a  cloth  calendering  machine,  a  guard  consisting  of  a  wooden 
board  with  beveled  edges  suspended  from  a  rod  above  the  rolls  and  kept  in 
position  at  the  point  of  feed  by  weights  is  sometimes  used.     This  arrange- 


ROLLS  AND  KNIVES 


67 


ment  permits  the  guard  board  being  used  to  push  the  cloth  into  the  rolls 
instead  of  doing  it  by  hand. 

Where  vertical  rolls  are  used  a  feed  table  should  be  provided.  Pro- 
tection for  this  class  of  rolls  can  be  had  by  means  of  frames  of  wire-netting 
hinged  to  the  machine  to  allow  the  frames  to  swing  to  the  point  of  intake. 

It  is  always  a  good  plan,  when  it  can  be  done,  to  equip  a  roll  feed 
machine  with  a  stopping  device  which  can  be  easily  actuated  by  foot  pressure, 
so  as  instantly  to  disconnect  the  power  in  case  the  hands  get  caught. 

REVOLVING  ^^  ^^^  guarding  of  revolving  knives,  such  as  are  used  on 
KNIVES  slitting  machines,   protection   can  be   had  by  placing  sheet 

metal  or  screen  guards  in  front  of  the  knives  very  much  in 
the  same  manner  as  is  done  in  connection  with  the  guarding  of  revolving 
rolls. 

THE  MERE  INSTALLATION  OF  SAFEGUARDS  WILL  NOT 
NECESSARILY  PREVENT  ACCIDENTS.  SEE  TO  IT  THAT  THE 
MACHINERY  IS  NEVER  OPERATED  WITHOUT  THE  SAFE- 
GUARDS   BEING    IN    PLACE. 


Courtesy  0/  W'althatn    Watch  Com/>any 


Fig.  66.     Metal  Rolls  Safeguarded. 

The  safeguard  on  this  machine  is  feeding  the  material  through  the 
narrow  opening  in  front  of  the  rolls.  It  positively  prevents  the  operator's 
hands  from  coming  in  contact  with  the  rolls  and  being  drawn  therein. 


68 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  67.     Six  Roll  Flat-Work  Ironer  Guarded. 

(Manufactured  by  the  American  Laundry  Machinery  Manufacturing  Co.) 

The  guard  on  this  machine  is  a  bar  in  front  of  where  the  operator 
feeds  the  pieces  of  material  into  the  machine.  This  bar  is  attached  by 
means  of  springs  which  permit  the  bar  to  raise  should  the  hand  be  caught. 


Fig.  68.     Flat-Work  Ironer  Guarded. 

(Manufactured  by  the  American  Laundry  Machinery  Manufacturing  Co.) 

This  machine  is  equipped  with  an  improved  safety  device,  consisting  of 
a  swinging  board  hung  just  above  the  ribbon  apron  feed  and  near  to  the 
cylinder,  to  prevent  the  operator's  hand  being  drawn  in. 


ROLLS  AND  KNIVES 


69 


^^TVl> 


Fig.  69.     Collar  and  Cuff  Ironer  Guarded. 

(Manufactured  by  the  American  Laundry  Machinery  Manufacturing  Co.) 

This  picture  shows  excellent  guarding  of  all  the  gearing  on  the  machine 
and  also  a  protective  bar  in  front  of  the  feed  rolls  to  keep  the  operator's 
hands  from  getting  caught. 


Fig.  70.     Guarded  Rolling  Machine  Used  in  Shoe  Factory. 

This  sort  of  machine  is  used  for  rolling  out  sole  leather,  and  the  rolls 
are  very  dangerous  when  unguarded.  The  picture  shows  a  guard,  XX, 
which  prevents  the  operator's  fingers  from  coming  in  contact  with  the  roll. 


7° 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  71.     Calender  Rolls  with  Safety  Clutch. 

This  shows  a  calender  machine  much  used  in  paper  mills  and  rubber 
factories.  The  dangerous  feature  of  the  machine  is  the  revolving  rolls 
through  which  the  material  is  fed.  Should  a  person  get  his  hand  caught 
between  the  rolls,  it  could  not  be  extricated  and  would  be  torn  away 
unless  the  machinery  was  stopped.  On  this  machine  an  emergency  arrange- 
ment in  the  way  of  a  mechanical  clutch  Is  provided.  At  the  bottom  of  the 
machine,  where  the  operator  is  standing,  is  a  rod  or  lever  extending  the 
length  of  the  machine.  This  rod  is  connected  by  chains  to  levers  attached 
to  a  rod  at  the  top  of  the  machine,  from  which  a  chain  is  suspended  con- 
necting with  the  clutch.  If  the  operator  gets  his  hand  caught,  he  places  his 
foot  on  the  lever  and  forces  It  down,  and  the  power  is  Instantly  shut  off. 
This  can  be  done  so  quickly  that  a  serious  accident  Is  not  probable  on  a 
machine  equipped  with  this  device. 


ROLLS  AND  KNIVES 


71 


Fig.  72. 


Fig-  73- 


Fig.  72.     Guarded  Corner  Cutting  Machine  in  Paper  Box  Factory. 

A  is  the  knife  box  in  which  is  placed  the  V-shaped  knife,  which  is 
operated  by  a  treadle  (C)  in  like  manner  to  the  punch  of  a  punch  press. 
B  shows  the  gauges  against  which  the  paper  to  be  cut  is  placed.  D  shows 
the  guard,  which  is  simply  an  iron  rod  that  runs  through  the  gauges  in  front 
of  the  knife.  It  protects  the  operator's  fingers  from  coming  in  contact  with 
the  knife. 


Fig.  73.     Finger  Protectors  for  Use  in  Operating  Corner  Staying  Machines. 

The  fingers  can  be  saved  by  using  these  protectors,  which  are  of  metal 
and  resemble  thimbles.  The  picture  shows  how  the  protectors  are  used 
and  the  result  should  the  finger  of  an  operator  wearing  the  protector  get 
caught  in  the  machine.     The  protector  is  pinched,  but  the  finger  is  saved. 

The  use  of  the  protectors  does  not  curtail  the  amount  of  work  in  the 
least  degree,  and  as  a  safeguard  against  accidents  it  is  invaluable.  In 
factories  where  corner  staying  machines  are  used  the  number  of  accidents 
has  been  reduced  to  a  minimum  by  the  use  of  the  protectors.  7^hey  might 
be  adopted  with  good  results  in  other  work  than  that  connected  with  box 
manufacturing. 


72 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  74.     Guarded  Rotary  Knives  on  Slitting  Machine. 

This  machine  is  used  in  a  rug  factory,  and  when  its  rotary  knives  are 
unprotected  they  are  the  cause  of  frequent  accidents.  The  picture  shows 
these  knives  guarded  by  several  flat  iron  finger  guards  in  front  of  them. 


PUNCH  PRESSES 


Getting  the  hand  crushed  between  the  die  and  the  punch  is  the  principal 
source  of  danger  connected  with  the  operation  of  a  punch  press  or  stamping 
machine.  The  work  of  feeding  a  punch  press  is  of  such  nature  that  the 
operator  becomes  in  time  a  mere  automaton,  performing  his  duty  in  a 
mechanical  sort  of  way.  He  thus  becomes  less  alert  to  avoid  being  injured, 
and  a  slip  or  miscalculation  may  result  in  the  loss  of  a  hand  or  fingers. 

The  method  by  which  a  punch  press  is  operated  has  much 
METHODS  ^°  ^°  ^^^^  ^^^  safety  of  the  operatives.     The  work  is  either 

Qp  continuous    or    intermittent.      When    intermittent,    a    foot 

OPERATION      treadle  Is  usually  employed  to  operate  the  punch.     Hand 

levers  are  also  used.  With  the  foot  treadle  there  is  more 
danger  of  an  accident  than  with  the  hand  lever,  for  with  the  latter  arrange- 
ment the  operator  must  remove  his  hand  from  the  die  before  starting  the 
punch.  In  the  use  of  the  foot  treadle  the  operator,  who  always  has  his 
foot  on  the  treadle,  may  unconsciously  give  the  pressure  while  placing  the 
material  or  extricating  a  spoiled  blank. 

Various  devices  have  been  provided  to  safeguard  the  oper- 
MEANS    OF  ,  .  u  u-  u-   u        •  u    l  • 

•DT3r^'T-T7#^'T-T/-kivT      ^tor,  such  as  arms  on  the  machme,  which,  with  the  operation 

PKOTiliCT.  ION  1111/- 

of  the  punch,  will  warn  or  push  away  the  hand  before  the 
punch  reaches  it.  Sticks  or  other  implements  for  removing  the  material 
should  be  used.  As  in  the  operation  of  all  kinds  of  dangerous  machines, 
the  greatest  safeguard  against  accidents  is  vigilance  on  the  part  of  the 
operator,  but  every  additional  preventive  in  the  way  of  a  mechanical  device 
should  be  provided. 

THE  MERE  INSTALLATION  OF  SAFEGUARDS  WILL  NOT 
NECESSARILY  PREVENT  ACCIDENTS.  SEE  TO  IT  THAT  THE 
MACHINERY  IS  NEVER  OPERATED  WITHOUT  THE  SAFE- 
GUARDS  BEING   IN   PLACE. 


74 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig-  75. 


Fig.  76. 


Fig.  75.     Stamping  Machine  with   Guard   Attached. 

(Invented  by  John   D.   Long,   New   York   City.) 


Fig.  76.     Power  Punch  Press  Equipped  with  Safety  Clutch. 

(Manufactured  by  the  Barauth   Machine   Co.,   Toledo,   Ohio.) 

A  press  equipped  with  this  safety  clutch  cannot  make  more  than  one 
stroke  with  one  depression  of  the  treadle,  unless  the  safety  clamp  is  removed 
from  the  clutch  position  to  secure  continued  motion,  when  the  press  will 
run  as  long  as  the  treadle  is  held  down.  The  clutch  is  so  constructed  that, 
while  operating  the  press  on  single  stroke,  it  is  absolutely  impossible  for  the 
press  to  repeat.  This  press  is  also  equipped  with  a  positive  knockout 
attached  to  the  slide  to  discharge  the  work  from  the  upper  die  positively 
with  each  stroke  of  the  press. 


PUNCH   PRESSES 


75 


Fig-  77.  Fig.  78. 

Fig.  77.     Stamping  Press  Guard. 

(Manufactured   by   J.   M.   Jones,    Buffalo,    N.   Y.) 

By  this  device  the  most  perfect  protection  is  given  the  operator,  as  his 
hands  are  pushed  away  by  the  guard  from  under  or  between  the  dies. 


Fig.  78.     Guarded  Stamping  Machine  Used  in  Soap  Factory. 

(Used   in   factory  of  James   S.   Kirk  &  Co.,   Chicago,  111.) 

This  stamping  machine  is  used  in  the  forming  and  printing  of  the 
various  bars  of  soap.  The  guard  is  shown  by  the  two  arms  attached  to  the 
shaft  or  rod  underneath  the  punch.  When  the  punch  is  up  the  arms  rise 
on  the  edges  of  the  die,  and  the  operator  must  place  his  hand  over  one  of 
the  arms  to  put  the  piece  of  soap  in  position  on  the  die.  When  the  punch 
descends,  the  arms  rise  automatically  and  force  the  operator's  hands  out 
of  the  way.  This  is  a  simple  arrangement  and  was  devised  by  one  of  the 
mechanics  in  the  factory.  Previous  to  its  adoption  accidents  were  frequent 
in  the  use  of  these  machines,  but  since  it  has  been  in  use  there  have  been 
no  accidents  from  this  source.  There  are  numerous  machines  of  this  char- 
acter where  such  a  home-made  device  could  be  applied  with  good  eftect. 


76 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  79.     Punch  Press  Guarded. 

The  punch  Is  operated  by  hand  levers,  necessitating  the  withdrawal  of 
the  hands  from  the  die  before  operation.  On  the  right  the  large  gear  and 
pinion  are  guarded,  on  the  left  the  pulley  and  belt  are  guarded. 


PUNCH  PRESSES 


77 


Cjuytesy  of  W'althajn  Watch  Coiii/>any 

Fig.  80.     A  Small  Drop  Press. 

This  machine  is  for  light  work.  The  safeguards  are  the  two  arms  on 
the  threaded  upright  shaft.  When  placing  the  piece  of  metal  on  the  die, 
the  operator  must  push  back  the  padded  arm  which  swings  the  little  arm 
above  it  directly  under  the  plunger,  so  that,  in  case  the  plunger  should  be  in 
any  way  unlocked  while  the  operator's  hand  is  on  the  die,  the  plunger  would 
fall  on  the  arm  and  not  on  the  hand  of  the  operative.  A  weak  spring  keeps 
both  arms  out  of  the  path  of  the  plunger. 


GRINDSTONES  AND  EMERY  WHEELS 


Grindstones  and  emery  wheels  are  employed  so  much  for  one  purpose 
or  another  that  they  may  be  considered  universal  tools.  The  greatest  danger 
connected  with  their  use  is  the  possibility  of  their  bursting,  but  they  both 
also  have  specific  dangers  of  their  own.  All  these  dangers  can  be  obviated 
largely  by  careful  selection,  installation  and  care-taking  and  by  the  use  of 
preventive  and  protective  safeguards.  Both  grindstones  and  emery  wheels 
should  be  well  mounted,  so  as  to  reduce  vibration  to  a  minimum.  They 
should  also  be  covered  as  much  as  possible  by  hoods,  to  lessen  the  likelihood 
of  personal  injuries  resulting  from  their  breaking  and  also  to  keep  dust 
and  chips  from  getting  into  the  operator's  eyes.  These  hoods  can  be  con- 
nected with  an  exhaust  system  for  disposing  of  the  dust. 

The  grindstone  is  used,  in  all  sizes,  in  the  cutlery  and  other 

SELECTION  '  '  y 

motinttng'  grinding  trades  for  both  manufacturing  and  finishing  pur- 
AND  CARE  poses,  and  it  is  often  run  at  very  high  speed,  which,  of  course, 
increases  the  danger  of  its  bursting.  Explosion  may  be  due 
to  any  one  or  more  of  a  number  of  causes.  Stones  should  be  carefully 
selected  to  avoid  such  as  are  inherently  dangerous.  It  is  well  not  to  use 
stones  quarried  by  explosives  or  such  as  are  plainly  not  of  homogeneous 
formation  or  have  cross  veins.  The  axle  hole  should  be  round,  as  the 
process  of  cutting  the  square  hole  is  apt  to  cause  slight  radial  fracture,  which 
is  likely  to  be  increased  if  the  stone  is  not  mounted  with  the  utmost 
correctness. 

In  mounting  the  stone,  metal  plates  are  better  than  wedges,  as  they 
can  be  set  to  bear  equally  all  around  and  thus  not  cause  dangerous  stress 
when  the  stone  is  swollen  up  by  moisture.  The  process  of  racing  the  stone, 
which  is  often  necessary  to  tool  off  the  sides,  should  be  done  with  great 
care.  In  trueing  up,  the  rim  should  not  be  violently  hacked,  as  this  is  likely 
to  cause  radial  fracture. 


crz-kTSTXT/-   r^T>        Grindstoncs  should  not  be  stored  in  wet  places,  or  with 
GRINDSTONES  Stone  standmg  on  the  ground.     Wet  storage  is  apt  to 

waterlog  the  stone  and  soften  it,  and  in  winter  the  moisture 
which  has  been  absorbed  may  freeze  and  cause  expansion  that  will  crack 
the  stone.     If  a  fracture  so  caused  is  not  superficially  evident,  it  may  result 


GRINDSTONES  AND   EMERY  WHEELS  79 


in  an  accident.  If  a  stone  is  allowed  to  stand  on  the  ground,  the  lower  part 
will  become  soft  and  green  while  the  upper  part  becomes  hard  and  seasoned. 
The  moisture  will  go  into  the  stone  in  wedge-like  form,  tapering  to  a  point 
at  the  centre.  The  result  will  be  expansion  on  one  side  and  often  a  crack, 
which  may  not  be  discovered  before  the  stone  bursts.  For  similar  reasons 
an  idle  mounted  stone  used  for  wet  grinding  should  not  be  allowed  to  remain 
partly  in  water. 

STONES  Grindstones  are  also  used  largely  for  ordinary  tool-sharp- 

USED   FOR  ening.     Then  they  are  not  driven  at  a  speed  which  will 

TOOL-  ^^^  their  tenacity  to  the  limit,  but  they  can  burst  never- 

SHARPENING  theless  on  account  of  original  defects  or  careless  handling, 
mounting  or  redressing.  A  workman  is  also  apt  to  be 
injured  by  holding  the  tool  he  is  sharpening  at  such  an  angle  to  the  approach- 
ing part  of  the  revolving  stone  that  the  tool  and  the  workman's  hand  are 
caught  between  the  stone  and  the  rest,  and  badly  injured.  The  use  of  a 
releasing  rest  will  avert  such  an  accident. 

Emery  wheels,  which  are  used  for  abrasive  purposes  in  numer- 
WHEELS       ^^^    manufacturing    processes,    are    manufactured    discs,    and 

therefore  their  quality  can  practically  be  wholly  determined  by 
their  makers.  Only  the  best  quality  of  wheel  should  be  used,  as  a  cheap 
wheel  is  usually  dangerous.  To  prevent  bursting,  emery  wheels  should  be 
very  heavily  and  carefully  mounted.  A  safety  collar  attachment  is  the  best 
means  for  holding  them  in  place.  In  order  not  to  subject  them  to  too  much 
centrifugal  stress  they  should  be  run  in  strict  accordance  with  their  limita- 
tions, as  announced  by  their  makers.  The  nut  and  end  of  arbor  of  an 
emery  wheel  should  be  protected  by  a  cap.  Emery  wheels  should  be  treated 
just  as  carefully  as  grindstones. 

THE  MERE  INSTALLATION  OF  SAFEGUARDS  WILL  NOT 
NECESSARILY  PREVENT  ACCIDENTS.  SEE  TO  IT  THAT  THE 
MACHINERY  IS  NEVER  OPERATED  WITHOUT  THE  SAFE- 
GUARDS  BEING  IN  PLACE. 


8o 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  8i.     Hood  for  Grindstone. 


Fig.  82.     Concave  Safety  Collars 

for  Emery  Wheel. 

(Manufactured  by  the  Safety  Emery 
Wheel  Co.,  Springfield,  O.) 


Fig.  83.     Clamp  Safety  Collars 

for  Emery  Wheel. 

(Manufactured  by  the  Safety  Emery  Wheel 
Co.,  Springfield,  O.) 


GRINDSTONES  AND  EMERY  WHEELS 


8i 


Courtesy  of  Draper  Company 

Fig.  84.     Guarded  Foundry  Grinders. 
Hoods  made  of  bronze  composition  enclose  the  wheels  except  where 
the  work  is  being  done.     The  hoods  are  connected  with  exhaust  fans  which 
carry  off  the  dust. 


Couriesy  oy Brown  &^  bharpe  Alj^.  C 


Fig.  85.     Guarded  Emery  Wheels  in  Polishing  Room. 
This  shows  guards  over  the  operating  wheels,  with  exhaust  pipes  con- 
nected to  carry  off  the  dust,  and  a  railing  to  guard  the  ends  of  the  rows 
of  shafting. 

6 


STAIRWAYS,  PLATFORMS  AND 
RUNWAYS 


Stairways,  platforms  and  runways  have  decided  elements  of  danger, 
which  are  apt  to  cause  many  accidents  unless  ample  protection  is  furnished. 
One  of  the  most  essential  features  of  this  protection,  and  one  common  to 
them  all,  is  light.  Every  stairvvay,  hallway,  platform,  runway  and  passage- 
way should  be  furnished  with  sufficient  light,  either  natural  or  artificial,  to 
enable  persons  to  see  where  they  are  going  or  whether  there  are  any 
obstacles  in  the  way. 

The   principal    danger   connected   with   stairwavs    is   that   of 

STAIRWAY         ,.       •  ^1  J  u     u  r         .   i  l    "j  j        -n 

slippmg.     1  he  treads,  whether  or  metal  or  hard  wood,  will 

become  worn  and  slippery  from  constant  use.  When  they  get 
into  that  condition,  there  is  danger  of  someone  being  injured  by  slipping 
on  them.  While  persons  occasionally  fall  going  upstairs,  it  is  not  very  often 
that  they  are  injured.  It  is  falls  sustained  while  going  downstairs  that 
become  the  serious  accidents. 

Accidents  due  to  slipping  can  be  largely  prevented.  The  first  pre- 
ventive measure  is  to  keep  the  treads  in  good  condition.  If  they  become 
polished  and  slippery,  either  renew  them  or  cover  them  with  some  material 
that  does  not  become  slippery  from  wear.  Rubber,  carpet,  metallic  treads, 
etc..  will  serve  the  purpose;  but,  if  covering  is  used,  it  must  not  be  allowed  to 
get  ragged  or  full  of  holes.  That  would  be  as  bad  if  not  worse  than  leaving 
the  treads  slippery,  for  persons  would  be  tripped  by  the  ragged  parts  or 
the  holes.  Brass  strips  are  very  often  placed  over  the  nose  of  the  tread  to 
save  it  from  wear,  but,  unless  tacked  down  close,  these  are  apt  to  be 
dangerous. 

•uAXTT^   ■r.ATTo    I"  addition  to  making  the  treads  safe,  stairways  should  be 

HAND    RAILS  j     i      •  i    i         ,       -,  , 

POR  provided  with  hand  rails.     A  hand  rail  has  many  times  saved 

STAIRWAYS      ^  person  who  has  slipped  or  stumbled.     Moreover,  there  is 

less  danger  of  a  person  slipping  or  stumbling  if  there  is  a 

hand  rail  that  he  can  get  hold  of.     For  this  reason  stairways,  even  when 

enclosed  by  side  walls,  should  have  a  hand  rail  on  at  least  one  side,  that 

nearest  the  right  hand  of  a  person  going  down.     No  material  should  ever 

be  piled  on  steps  or  stairways. 


STAIRWAYS,  PLATFORMS  AND  RUNWAYS 


83 


PLATFORMS,  Platforms  should  always  be  railed  and  skirted  at  the  edges, 
ELEVATED  ^°  prevent  material  and  tools  as  well  as  persons  falling  off. 
WALKS  AND  Elevated  walks  and  runways  should  also  be  railed.  In 
RUNWAYS  ^^^^y  ^^^^  ^^^^  should  be  taken  to  see  that  the  posts  and 

railings  are  in  good  condition  and  firmly  secured.  Many 
serious  accidents  have  occurred  through  persons  leaning  against  railings 
which  looked  secure  but  were  not.  The  flooring,  too,  should  be  kept  in 
good  condition  and  free  from  holes  into  which  a  person  might  step. 


Fig.  86.     Open   Side  of  Stairway  Guarded  by  Hand   Rail  and   Flange 

Coupling  Boxed. 

The  boxing  for  the  flange  coupling  marked  "  X  "  is  fastened  to  the 
ceiling,  as  the  bolts  project  from  the  flange  on  either  side  when  the  shaft 
is  revolving.  These  couplings  are  even  more  dangerous  than  protruding 
set  screws. 


84 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  87.     Pipe   Railing   Guarding   Side   of   Elevated    Platform   Along    Row 

of  Tanks. 


Fig.  88.     Elevated  Walks  in  Factory  Guarded  with  Hand  Rails. 

These  walks  are  about  forty  feet  above  the  floor  of  the  factory,  and 
it  is  necessary  at  times  for  employees  to  use  them  in  oiling  machinery  or  in 
repairing  it  when  it  gets  out  of  order. 


STAIRWAYS,  PLATFORMS  AND  RUNWAYS 


8S 


Fig.  89.     Dangerous  Open  Stairway  on  Outside  of  Building. 


Fig.  90.  Fig.  91- 

Fig.  90.     Open  Stairway  with  Unguarded  Opening  Beneath. 

Fig.  91.       Stairway  Equipped  with  Safety  Tread. 

(Showing   the   Mason   Tread,    Manufactured   by   the   American    Mason 
Safety  Tread   Co.,   Boston,    Mass.) 

Most  stairways  are  worn  smooth  by  use,  and  often  many  treads  with 
which  stairways  are  equipped  become  so  smoothly  polished  that  persons 
are  apt  to  slip  on  them  and  be  severely  injured.  The  tread  illustrated  is 
composed  of  lead  firmly  rolled  into  dovetailed  grooves  alternating  with 
open  V-shaped  grooves  and  having  a  hard  metal  base.  The  lead  while 
wearing  does  not  become  polished  and  slippery. 


WOOD=WORKINQ  MACHINERY 


The  machinery  used  in  wood-working  establishments  is  easily  among 
the  most  dangerous  of  all.  From  their  very  nature  it  will  be  recognized 
that  circular  rip  saws,  band  saws,  planers,  wood  shapers  and  the  many  other 
sharp-edged  tools  used  in  wood-working  plants  of  the  various  kinds  cannot 
always  be  made  absolutely  harmless.  At  the  same  time  it  is  certainly  pos- 
sible to  reduce  the  number  of  accidents  materially,  and  in  many  cases  to 
eliminate  them   altogether. 

There  are  a  number  of  patented  safety  devices  with  which  these  tools 
can  be  equipped,  and  where  one  of  these  devices  is  not  easily  obtainable  or 
does  not  seem  sufficiently  practicable  a  home-made  safeguard  can  often  be 
applied  at  small  cost  and  with  little  effort. 

Whatever  the  safeguard  used,  and  whether  safeguards  are  used  or  not, 
there  should  be  loose  pulleys  wherever  possible,  so  that  any  machine  may 
be  easily  thrown  out  of  motion  when  not  in  use,  and  operators  should  be 
invariably  required  to  throw  their  machines  out  of  motion  whenever  they 
have  occasion  to  leave  them,  even  though  only  temporarily. 

Probably    as    many    accidents    have    been    caused    by    the 
CIRCULAR         .       ,      ^  .  \  ,  ,  .         ,  I        •  1 

-       circular  rip  saw  as  by  any  other  machine,  but  such  mishaps 

can  be  largely  prevented  if  the  saw  is  properly  guarded.     It 

used  to  be  held  that  a  circular  saw  could  not  be  successfully  operated  if  it 

was  guarded,  but  this  contention  has  been  refuted  in  hundreds  of  instances. 

There  are  many  good  devices  for  guarding  such  saws  which  are  thoroughly 

practical,  acting  as  a  certain  preventive  of  accidents  and  at  the  same  time 

not  interfering  with  the  operation  of  the  machine.    Even  such  a  simple  thing 

as  a  rubber  mat  to  prevent  the  operator  from  slipping  has  saved  many  a 

man  from  injury. 

T^»»TT^   r,«,T,o       Band  saws  also  can  easily  be  guarded  so  that  there  will 
BAND    SAWS       ,      ,-    1  -1  1  •  1         r  •        • 

be  httle  or  no  risk  to  the  operator,  either  from  coming  in 

contact  with  the  teeth  or  from  the  saw  breaking  or  slipping  from  the  wheel. 

A  simple  arrangement  of  wooden  partitions  will  accomplish  the  desired 

object  In  most  instances.     In  lumber  mills  the  band  saws  can,  and  always 

should,  be  provided  with  a  heavy  plank  at  the  top  to  protect  the  operator 

in  the  event  of  the  saw  breaking,  and  a  strong  wire  guard  can  be  arranged 


WOOD-WORKING   MACHINERY  87 


to  protect  the  operators,  or  setters,  who  ride  in  the  carriages.  The  accidents 
that  happen  in  this  way  are  in  most  instances  very  serious  and  there  is 
urgent  need  for  special  protection. 

WOOD  PLANERS  ^^^  ^°°^  planer,  or  jointer,  which  is  found  in 
almost  every  wood-working  establishment,  is  among 
the  most  dangerous  of  the  machinery  used  in  wood-working.  It  has  caused 
innumerable  accidents  and  has  maimed  thousands  of  men.  The  dangers  of 
the  planer  are  manifold.  A  change  in  the  grain  of  the  piece  of  wood  being 
worked  or  an  unnoticed  knot  suddenly  throwing  the  wood  from  the  machine 
may  at  any  moment  result  in  the  operator's  hands  coming  in  contact  with 
the  knives.  If  the  gauge  was  always  set  so  as  to  expose  only  a  width  of 
the  knives  proportionate  to  the  width  of  the  piece  of  wood  being  worked, 
such  accidents  would  be  comparatively  few;  hut  if  the  knives  are  constantly 
used  in  one  place  they  are  apt  to  become  dull,  so  the  gauge  is  often  moved 
over  until  an  unnecessary  and  a  dangerous  width  of  knives  is  exposed. 

Although  the  planer  is  one  of  the  most  dangerous  of  wood-working 
machines,  it  is  the  most  easily  guarded,  and  there  are  many  safeguards  which 
eliminate  practically  all  of  the  danger. 

WOOD  SHAPERS  ^^^  wood  shaper  is  another  dangerous  wood- 
working machine  when  it  is  not  guarded,  but  it  can  be 
so  guarded  that  it  becomes  more  than  reasonably  safe.  A  wood  shaper 
should  never  be  operated  without  a  guard,  for  in  the  long  run  it  is  prac- 
tically sure  to  involve  even  the  most  careful  operator  in  an  accident.  Wood 
shaper  accidents  are  very  apt  to  cause  loss  of  a  finger  or  a  hand,  and  some- 
times even  loss  of  life  results  as  an  indirect  if  not  direct  consequence.  There 
are  many  guards  for  wood  shapers,  any  one  of  which  will  greatly  diminish 
the  number  of  accidents  without  in  the  least  hampering  the  workmen  in 
operating  the  machine. 

The  swing  saw,  which  is   found  in  almost  every  wood- 
SWING   SAWS  ,.'=,'.  ,  ,  •  1  , 

workmg  plant,   is  very  dangerous,   but  accidents  can   be 

reduced  to  a  minimum  by  a  simple  guard  in  the  form  of  a  piece  of  iron  three 

inches  in  width  bent  on  a  radius  a  little  larger  than  the  saw  and  bolted  on 

the  side  of  the  frame  so  that  it  will  come  down  over  the  front  of  the  saw  as 

far  as  the  mandrel.     This  will  keep  the  operator's  hands  from  coming  in 

contact  with  the  saw  in  case  the  balance  weights  break. 

The  large  equalizing  saws  used  in  stav^e  factories  are 
EQUALIZING      ,  ^  •    uu     •  1  11         ^     ^u 

SAWS  dangerous  to  neighboring  employees  as  well  as  to  the  oper- 

ators. Both  the  sides  and  back  of  these  saws  should  be 
cased.  The  side  casing  can  be  hung  on  hinges  so  that  the  saws  can  be 
removed  and  filed  when  necessary.     This  casing  will  keep  workmen  from 


88  SAFEGUARDS 


coming  in  contact  with  the  teeth,  and  will  also  prevent  anything  falling  on 
the  saws  and  thus  possibly  causing  an  accident. 

The  circular  heading  jointer  used  in  heading  and  barrel  fac- 
CIRCULAR  ^Qj.jgg  ^^g  caused  many  accidents.  It  has  a  circular  face-plate, 
TOINTERS     ^^^^  several  knives  fastened  to  it.     In  operation  this  face-plate 

moves  at  a  high  rate  of  speed,  with  the  upper  half,  which 
varies  in  size  from  twenty  inches  to  several  feet,  wholly  exposed.  The 
danger  from  this  machine  can  be  avoided  by  placing  a  casing  over  the  front 
of  the  face-plate,  which  will  leave  only  space  enough  for  entrance  of  the 
material  being  worked. 

The  sandpaper  or  wood-polishing  machine  is  dangerous  on 

account  of  its  rolls.     If  an  operator  should  get  his  hands 

cauffht  between  these  rolls  he  surely  would  be  badly  hurt  and 
MACHINK  .  .  .  . 

he  might  lose  his  life.    An  effective  guard  against  this  danger 

is  found  in  a  metal  bar  placed  in  front  of  the  top  front  feed  roll.  The 
bar  can  be  so  adjusted  that  it  will  move  with  the  roll,  the  bottom  of  it  being 
a  little  above  the  bottom  of  the  top  roll.  The  material  can  easily  be  fed 
to  the  machine  and  at  the  same  time  the  operator  will  run  no  risk  of  getting 
his  hands  caught.  The  large  sander  should  be  provided  with  an  apron 
guard  to  prevent  the  tender  from  placing  his  hand  on  the  frame  of  the 
machine  and  getting  it  caught  when  material  is  coming  through. 

Speaking  of  wood-working  machinery  in  general,  it  should  be  said  that 
no  class  of  machines  requires  protection  more  than  those  used  in  wood- 
working. This  fact  is  sufficiently  proved  not  only  by  the  large  number  of 
accidents  recorded  on  account  of  them,  but  also  by  the  great  number  and 
variety  of  the  safeguards  devised  to  protect  the  operators  of  such  machines 
against  injury. 

THE  MERE  INSTALLATION  OF  SAFEGUARDS  WILL  NOT 
NECESSARILY  PREVENT  ACCIDENTS.  SEE  TO  IT  THAT  THE 
MACHINERY  IS  NEVER  OPERATED  WITHOUT  THE  SAFE- 
GUARDS  BEING  IN  PLACE. 


WOOD-WORKING  MACHINERY 


89 


Fig.  92.  Fig.  93. 

Fig.  92.     Saw  Guard. 

(Manufactured  by  L.  F.  Grammes  &  Sons,  Allentown,  Pa.) 

Fig.  93.     Circular  Saw  Guard. 

(Manufactured  by  E.  C.  Atkins  &  Co.,  Indianapolis,  Ind.) 

This  device  is  adjustable  to  accommodate  different  size  saws.  It 
prevents  the  operator's  hand  from  coming  in  contact  with  the  front  teeth 
of  the  saw  and,  by  a  special  arrangement,  it  is  impossible  for  the  board  to 
rise  on  the  teeth  of  the  saw  and  be  kicked  back  at  the  operator. 


Fig.  94. 


Fig.  95. 


Fig.  94.     Jones  Circular  Saw  Guard. 

(Manufactured  by  the  Jones  Safety  Device  Co.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.) 

This  picture  shows  the  guard  over  the  saw.  As  the  board  passes  to 
the  saw  the  guard  is  raised  and  rests  upon  the  board.  When  the  board  has 
passed  beyond  the  guard  the  guard  drops  back  on  the  table. 


Fig.  95.     Jones  Circular  Saw  Guard. 

(Manufactured  by  the  Jones  Safety  Device  Co.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.) 


This  picture  shows  the  guard  raised  and  out  of  the  way. 


go 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  96. 


Fig.  97- 


Fig.  96.     Guard  for  Circular  Rip  Saw. 

This  guard  is  composed  of  two  sections  of  piping,  one  section  sliding 
Inside  the  other.  The  upper  end  of  the  piping  is  attached  to  the  ceiling  and 
is  held  in  its  proper  position  by  means  of  guy  wires.  At  the  end  of  the 
sliding,  or  inside  pipe,  is  attached  a  hood,  made  of  sheet  metal,  which  fits 
over  the  saw  at  such  a  height  as  Is  desired.  The  adjustment  of  the  hood  Is 
accomplished  by  means  of  a  thumb  screw  Inserted  through  the  larger  pipe. 


Fig.  97.     Guard  for  Circular  Rip  Saw. 

This  guard  Is  similar  to  the  one  In  Fig.  96,  except  that  the  hood  Is 
open  Instead  of  being  closed.  The  open  hood  enables  a  somewhat  better 
view  of  the  saw  and  the  work  which  Is  being  done. 


WOOD=WORKING  MACHINERY 


91 


Fig.  98. 


Courtesy  0/ Drown  &•  Sharpe  I^l/g'  Co, 


Fig.  99. 


Fig.  98.     Guard  for  Circular  Saw. 

This  guard  is  somewhat  similar  in  arrangement  to  the  devices  shown 
in  Figs.  96  and  97.  Instead  of  protecting  one  saw,  however,  it  guards  two, 
hence  the  wider  hood.  As  can  be  seen,  it  is  adjustable,  and  can  be  raised 
or  lowered  to  any  desired  height. 


Fig.  gg.     Rubber  Mat  for  Circular  Saw  Operator. 

This  mat  is  used  to  prevent  the  operator  from  slipping  and  being 
thrown  against  the  saw.  The  machine  also  has  an  exhaust  pipe  for  carrying 
away  the  sawdust. 


92 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  100.     Circular  Saw  Guard. 

(Manufactured  by  J.  A.  Fay  &  Egan  Co.,  Cincninati,  Ohio.) 


Fig.  loi.     Self-feeding  Circular  Saw. 

This  saw  can  be  fed  only  as  fast  as  the  sawing  is  accomplished.  It  is 
impossible  to  overfeed  the  saw  and  there  is  little  or  no  danger  of  material 
being  thrown  back. 


WOOD-WORKING  MACHINERY 


93 


Fig.  102.  Fig.  103. 

Fig.  102.     Large  Swing  Saw  Guarded. 

(Manufactured  by  H.   B.  Smith  Machine   Co.,  Smithville,  N.  J.) 

This  is  what  is  known  as  the  pendulum  or  swing  saw.  The  pendulum 
frame  is  attached  to  the  ceiling  and  swings  on  trunnions,  independent  of 
the  countershaft,  and  is  unaffected  by  wear  of  its  boxes.  The  saw  is 
thirty-six  inches  in  diameter,  and,  as  will  be  seen,  is  provided  with  a  metal 
guard  covering  the  top  and  part  nearest  the  operator.  Attached  to  the 
guard  on  the  right  is  a  handle  for  drawing  the  saw  into  the  material  to 
be  cut.    This  class  of  saw  is  not  always  guarded,  but  it  should  be. 

Fig.  103.     Small  Swing  Saw  Guarded. 

(Manufactured  by  H.   B.   Smith  Machine  Co.,  Smithville,  N.  J.) 

This  saw  is  very  similar  to  Fig.   102.     The  saw  is  sixteen  inches  in 
diameter  and  well  guarded. 


94 


SAFEGUARDS 


Courtesy  of  Grown  &"  Sharpc  Mfg'  Co. 

Fig,  104.     Band  Saw,  Upper  and  Lower  Wheels  Enclosed. 

The  band  saw  is  guarded  to  catch  the  saw  if  it  is  broken  or  slips  the 
wheels.     There  is  also  an  exhaust  to  carry  away  the  sawdust. 


WOOD=WORKING  MACHINERY 


95 


Fig.  105. 


Fig.   106. 


Fig.   105.     Band  Saw  Guarded. 


The  arrangement  consists  merely  of  placing  two  board  partitions  in 
front  of  the  saw  where  the  operator  stands.  One  protects  him  from  the 
lower  wheel  and  the  other  from  the  upper  part  of  the  saw. 

Sufficient  space  is  left  between  the  two  to  permit  the  operator  to  work 
freely.  The  partitions  are  hung  on  hinges  so  that  they  can  be  swung  back 
if  it  is  necessary  to  examine  any  part  of  the  machine.  With  a  guard  of  this 
kind  there  is  no  danger  of  the  operator  getting  his  feet  in  the  lower  wheel, 
and  if  the  saw  should  break  or  run  off  the  wheel  there  would  be  little  chance 
of  his  being  injured  thereby. 


Fig.   106.     Belt  and  Large  Saw  Guarded. 

This  picture  shows  the  interior  of  a  saw  mill.  Tn  the  foreground  is 
a  large  circular  saw,  over  which  is  placed  a  metal  guard  with  bars  extending 
half-way  down  each  side.  At  the  left  is  a  vertical  belt  that  operates  the 
saw,  the  lower  part  of  which  is  crated,  as  Is  also  the  pulley. 


96 


SAFEGUARDS 


1 


Fig.  107.  Fig.  108. 

Fig.  107.     Old  Square  Style  Buzz  Planer. 

This  shows  the  position  the  hand  is  liable  to  get  into  and  the  certain 
consequences. 

Fig.  108.     Oliver  Safety  Cylinder  for  Buzz  Planer. 

(Manufactured  by  Oliver  Machinery  Co.,  Grand  Rapids,  Mich.) 

This  circular  cylinder  presents  a  regular  surface,  fills  the  gaps  caused 
by  the  separation  of  the  tables  and  prevents  the  fingers  getting  down  below 
the  table  top  and  thereby  being  cut  off  or  severely  damaged. 


Fig.  109. 

Done  with  Square  Cylinder 


Fig.  no. 
Done  with  Circular  Cylinder 


Figs.  109  and  no.     Reproductions  from  Photographs  of  Hands  that  Have 
Been  in  Contact  with  Planer  Cylinders. 


WOOD=WORKING  MACHINERY 


97 


Fig.  III.     Guard  for  Buzz  Planer. 


Fig.  112.     Pulleys  and  Gears  on  Two  Sides  of  Planer  Guarded. 

This  picture  shows  wooden  guards  provided  on  two  sides  of  a  wood 
planer,  commonly  used  in  factories  where  boards  are  planed.  Driving 
pulleys  and  gearing  are  guarded  with  sectional  pieces  that  are  held  in  place 
by  hooks  and  can  be  easily  removed  should  it  be  so  desired.  The  only  part 
exposed  is  the  table  where  the  boards  are  placed  in  operating  the  machine. 


98 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  113.     Guard  for  Buzz  Planer. 


Fig.  114.     Guard  for  Buzz  Planer. 

This  guard  is  made  from  wooden  strips  attached  to  two  pieces  of 
leather.  By  means  of  a  spiral  spring  under  the  table  the  guard  is  always 
held  in  position  over  the  knives.  As  a  board  is  passed  over  the  knives  only 
that  portion  of  the  knives  corresponding  to  the  width  of  the  board  is 
uncovered.  When  the  board  has  passed  through  the  guard  springs  back 
into  place. 


WOOD=WORKING  MACHINERY 


99 


Fig.  115. 


Fig.  116. 


Fig.  115.     Jones  Safety  Buzz  Planer  Guard,  Showing  Design  of  Device. 

(^lanufactured  by  the  Jones  Safety  Device  Co.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.) 

This  guard  is  in  sections  sliding  together  to  clear  the  width  of  the 
knives,  or  sliding  outward  to  the  jointer  fence,  making  it  quick  in  operation. 
It  does  not  come  outside  of  the  machine  in  the  way  of  the  operator  or  of  a 
truck  passing  by.  The  round  rod  passing  through  the  bracket,  and  held  in 
position  by  hand  wheel  screw,  makes  the  guard  adjustable  up  or  down 
without  the  use  of  a  wrench,  for  facing  off  different  thicknesses  of  material. 


Fig.  116.     Jones   Safety  Buzz  Planer  Guard   in   Operation. 

(Manufactured  by  the  Jones  Safety  Device  Co.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.) 

Showing  how,  in  facing  off,  the  material  passes  under  the  guard  and 
the  workman's  hands  pass  over  it.  Should  a  board  be  hurled  from  the 
knives,  the  workman's  hands  are  perfectly  safe. 


lOO 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  117.     Guard  for  Buzz  Planer. 

The  guard  is  adjusted  by  means  of  a  thumb  screw  and  can  be  set  so 
that  it  will  cover  the  knife  with  the  exception  of  that  portion  equal  to  the 
width  of  the  board  being  planed. 


Fig.  118.     Guard  for  Wood   Shaper. 

This  picture  shows  an  adjustable  metal  guard  over  the  shaper. 
completely  covers  the  knives  and  the  spindle  head. 


I 


It 


WOOD=WORKING  MACHINERY 


lOI 


mm  ilji.  imwiilU  mil  II   '  "  '^" 


Fig.  iig.     Jones  Wood  Shaper   Guard. 

(Manufactured  by  the  Jones  Safctj-  Device  Co.,  lUiffalo,  N.  Y.) 

This  device  is  adjustable.  It  can  be  attached  to  and  will  fit  any 
machine.  As  will  be  seen,  the  r.rm  is  jointed  to  raise  up  for  dropping  inside 
work  over  the  spindle,  changing  knives,  etc.,  and  the  spring  to  hold  it  down 
puts  tension  on  the  work. 


Fig.  120.     Guard  for  Wood  Shaper. 

This  guard  is  adjustable  and  can  be  raised  and  lowered  over  spindles 
without  difficulty.     The  picture  shows  the  guard  over  the  spindle. 


I02 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  121.     Guard  for  Wood  Shaper. 


Fig.  122.  Fig.  123. 

Fig.  122.     Guarded  Lath  Bolter. 

(Manufactured  by  William  Hamilton,   Peterboro,   Can.) 


Fig.  123.     Guarded  Gang  Lath  Mill. 

(Manufactured  by  William  Hamilton,   Peterboro,   Can.) 


ELEVATORS 


There  Is  probably  no  vehicle  of  conveyance  so  Indispensable  as  the 
elevator.  In  high  public  buildings  and  large  mercantile  and  manufacturing 
establishments  it  may  be  considered  as  absolutely  necessary  for  the 
transportation  of  both  passengers  and  freight. 

An  elevator,  briefly  defined,  Is  a  car  or  platform  suspended  by  ropes 
attached  to  a  motive  machine.  To  this  are  added  the  necessary  devices  and 
equipment  essential  for  safety.  Safety  is,  or  should  be,  the  first  and  main 
requisite  to  be  considered  In  the  construction  and  installation  of  an  elevator. 
Every  reputable  elevator  builder  Is  desirous  of  having  the  elevator  he  in- 
stalls safe  and  fully  equipped  with  all  the  necessary  safety  appliances.  He 
would  have  the  elevator  shaft  enclosed  and  the  entrances  at  the  landings 
properly  protected.  That  this  is  not  always  done  is  not  due  to  the  builder, 
but  to  the  man  for  whom  the  elevator  is  built,  who,  with  a  false  Idea  of 
economy,  restricts  the  builder  from  doing  what  he  knows  should  be  done. 
Tell  an  elevator  builder  that  you  want  everything  in  connection  with  your 
elevator  safe  and  he  will  make  It  safe;  restrict  him  and  he  will  give  you  only 
what  you  pay  for. 


Every  elevator,  whether  used  for  passengers  or  freight,  should 
be  equipped  with  a  speed  governor  safety  device.  No  one  can 
DEVICES  ^^^^  when  something  is  going  to  happen  to  the  equipment  to  cause 
the  elevator  to  drop  or  run  away.  This  safety  device  is  for 
emergency  only  and  is  provided  to  act  only  In  such  contingencies.  Too 
much  stress,  therefore,  cannot  be  laid  on  the  necessity  for  keeping  all  parts 
of  the  device  clean  and  in  proper  working  order.  The  limit  stops  on  the 
cables  and  on  the  machine  should  be  examined  frequently  to  see  that  they 
are  in  proper  adjustment  to  prevent  the  car  from  over-traveling. 

Every  elevator  should  have  ample  overhead  and  pit  room,  so  that  the 
limit  stops  can  be  adjusted  to  stop  the  car  above  the  top  floor  and  below  the 
lower  floor.  In  this  way  the  operator  is  compelled  to  stop  at  the  terminal 
floors  the  same  as  at  the  Intermediate  floors.  Thus  the  limit  stops  are  a 
safety  only  and  are  not  worn  out  or  hammered  to  pieces  by  coming  Into 
action  at  every  trip  to  a  terminal  floor.  Accidents  due  to  falling  elevators 
are  not  as  numerous  as  one  might  suppose,  when  the  number  of  elevators 
In  use  Is  taken   into  consideration;   but  when   an   elevator,   particularly  a 


I04  SAFEGUARDS 


passenger  elevator,  does  fall,  the  consequences  are  apt  to  be  very  serious  if 
the  safety  does  not  operate. 

GUARDING  The  majority  of  accidents  in  connection  with  elevators  is 
HOISTWAY  due  to  other  causes,  one  of  the  chief  of  these  being  the  poor 
AND  and  defective  manner  in  which  the  hoistway  and  entrances 

ENTRANCES      thereto  are  protected. 

Some  people  do  not  realize,  as  they  should,  the  importance  of  guarding 
an  elevator  well.  In  many  instances  no  protection  is  provided.  Again, 
where  there  are  guards  no  care  is  taken  to  keep  them  in  place.  Often  only 
a  chain  or  bar  is  stretched  across  the  entrance.  A  chain  or  bar  cannot  be 
considered  a  proper  guard  for  an  elevator  opening.  The  guard  should  be 
something  more  substantial,  such  as  a  gate  or  door. 

If  a  gate,  it  should  be  of  sufficient  height  to  prevent  a  person  looking 
over  it.  Numerous  accidents  have  been  caused  by  persons  looking  over  a 
gate  or  bar  into  the  elevator  shaft  and  being  caught  between  the  descending 
elevator  and  the  gate.  Where  it  is  not  feasible  to  install  high  gates  for  lack 
of  head  room,  the  elev'ator  should  by  all  means  be  equipped  with  a  signal  or 
gong  to  warn  persons  of  its  approach.  Another  method  of  preventing  acci- 
dents of  this  character  is  to  hang  a  light  bar  or  row  of  chains  or  ropes  from 
the  lower  edge  of  platform.  Such  bar  or  chain  would  first  touch  the  unwary 
one  and  cause  him  to  move  away  in  time  to  avoid  the  car. 

The    locks    or    latches    on    doors    and    gates    should 
KEEPING    LOCKS        ,  ,        ,  .  ,  ,-•„•,• 

AND   LATCHFS         always    be   kept   m    proper   order,      bspecially    is   this 

IN   ORDER  necessary     in     connection     with     passenger     elevators. 

Operators  generally  close  the  door  after  the  elevator  is 

in  motion.     If  the  catch  is  not  in  good  order  the  door  will  spring  back  and 

stay  open.     Should  a  person  come  along  just  then  and  see  the  open  door, 

he  will,  in  a  sub-conscious  sort  of  way,  suppose  the  elevator  is  there  and 

step  in  and  fall  down  the  shaft.     An  open  door  is  always  more  or  less  an 

invitation  to  enter.     Or  should  a  person  observe  that  the  elevator  is  not 

there,  he  is  apt  to  become  curious  and  look  down  (never  up)  the  shaft,  and 

be  knocked  into  it  by  the  descending  elevator.     Furthermore,  the  catches 

should  be  so  arranged  that  they  cannot  be  released,  except  by  key,  other 

than  from  inside  the  hoistway. 

DOOR  LOCKTNC  ""^  preventive  against  accidents  due  to  open  doors  is 
DEVICE  ^^  equip  the  elevator  with  a  door-locking  device  which 

will  prevent  the  door  from  being  opened  while  the 
elevator  is  away  from  a  landing.  While  the  elevator  is  at  a  landing  and 
the  door  is  open,  the  device  will  prev^ent  the  elevator  being  moved  before 
the  door  is  closed.    Such  a  device  as  this  prevents  accidents  caused  by  persons 


ELEVATORS  105 


trying  to  enter  or  leave  the  elevator  while  it  is  in  motion.  It  also  prevents 
persons  from  stumbling  over  the  raised  platform  or  floor  by  reason  of  the 
car  not  being  brought  to  the  floor  level.  Further,  it  makes  the  operator 
careful,  even  though  inclined  to  be  careless,  because  he  must  conform  to 
the  requirements  of  the  device. 

A  preventive  against  accidents  In  elevators  operated  by  a  hand  rope  is 
the  cable  lock.  This  device  locks  the  operating  cable  and  holds  the  elevator. 
If  it  is  desired  to  leave  the  elevator  for  a  moment  or  to  load  or  unload 
material,  the  elevator  can  be  held  at  the  landing  and  there  is  no  danger  of 
its  being  taken  away  by  someone  at  another  landing. 

Another  cause  of  accidents  is  found  in  projections  in  the 
PROJECTIONS      ,     .  .      .      ,,      .  .  .  ,       ,  , 

noistway,  prmcipally  m  connection  with  elevators  that  are 

HOISTWAY  "°^  enclosed.      To   prevent  their  doing  harm,   sheath   or 

fence  the  sides  of  the  elevator  platform  and  at  the  entrance 

side  of  the  hoistway  remove  the  projections.     If  the  projections  are  floor 

headers,  place  apron  or  toe  guards  under  them  so  that  the  projections  will 

be  tapered  down.     An  accident  from  a  projection  is  caused  by  a  person 

having  his  foot  or  some  portion  of  his  body  extended  beyond  the  platform. 

and  therefore  crushed  between  the  projection  and  the  platform  as  the  car 

ascends. 

About  fifty  per  cent,  of  the  elevator  accidents  are 
GENERAL  i ,  ,  ,  r     • i  i 

„T,^^^„T-T/-w».To       caused  by  carelessness  on  the  part  or  either  the  operators 

or  the  injured  parties;  about  twenty-five  per  cent,  are  due 
to  unguarded  conditions  of  the  hoistways  and  the  entrances;  and  the 
remainder  to  falling  or  runaway  cars. 

There  seems  to  be  no  good  reason  why  these  accidents  cannot  be  pre- 
vented. Certainly  enough  safeguards  can  be  thrown  around  an  elevator 
to  prevent  them.  If  no  accident  has  occurred  today,  why  should  one  occur 
tomorrow? 

The  following  suggestions  are  offered : 
Employ  a  careful  operator. 

Equip   the    elevator   with   an    efiiclent   door-locking   device. 
Frequently    examine    every    part    of    the    elevator    equipment, 
particularly  the  machine,  the  cables,   the  overhead  supports 
and  sheaves   and  the   safety   devices,   and   replace   or   repair 
defective  parts  without  delay. 
See  that  the  hoistway  is  guarded. 

See  that  every  entrance  to  hoistway  is  protected  by  doors  or  gates 
and  insist  that  they  be  closed  when  the  elevator  is  away  from 
a  landing. 
Instruct  the  operator  never  to  start  the  elevator  until  he  has  first 
completely  closed  the  entrance  door. 


io6 


SAFEGUARDS 


We  illustrate  some  of  the  dangerous  conditions  surrounding  the  opera- 
tion of  elevators,  and  we  also  illustrate  and  describe  some  of  the  means  of 
guarding  against  the  dangers. 

THE  MERE  INSTALLATION  OF  SAFEGUARDS  WILL  NOT 
NECESSARILY  PREVENT  ACCIDENTS.  SEE  TO  IT  THAT  THE 
MACHINERY  IS  NEVER  OPERATED  WITHOUT  THE  SAFE- 
GUARDS   BEING    IN  PLACE. 


I 


Fig.  124.  Fig.  125. 

Fig.  124.    Elevator  Safety  Lock. 

(Manufactured  by  L.   Christiansen,  Lynn,   Mass.) 

This  shows  an  elevator  safety  lock  used  in  connection  with  elevators 
operated  by  a  hand  rope.  The  operating  cable  passes  through  the  device, 
and  when  the  lock  is  set  it  holds  the  cable  and  prevents  anyone  from  oper- 
ating it  until  the  lock  is  released. 


Fig.  125.     Elevator  Gong. 

(Manufactured  by  L.   Christiansen,   Lynn,   Mass.) 

This  shows  an  elevator  gong  which  automatically  sounds  when  the 
elevator  is  ascending  or  descending  and  warns  persons  of  the  approach  of 
the  elevator. 


ELEVATORS 


107 


Fig.  126. 

Fig.  126. 


Fig.  127. 
Elevator    Safety   Catches. 


This  shows  elevator  safety  catches  attached  to  guides  above  limits  at 
top  of  hoistway.  The  purpose  of  the  catches  is  to  hold  the  elevator  in 
the  event  of  its  being  drawn  into  the  overhead  timbers  through  some 
derangement  of  the  machinery  and  snapping  the  cables.  The  elevator  can 
pass  the  catches  going  up,  but  cannot  do  so  coming  down. 


Fig.  127.     Automatic  Elevator  Door. 

This  shows  a  type  of  automatic  door  used  almost  exclusively  for  pas- 
senger elevators  and  situated  on  the  car  itself.  It  is  operated  by  compressed 
air.  When  the  elevator  stops  at  a  landing  to  receive  or  discharge  passengers, 
the  operator,  by  pressing  a  foot  button  in  the  car  floor,  causes  an  attachment 
on  the  car  to  come  in  contact  with  the  valve  of  the  compressed  air  cyhnder 
situated  over  the  door,  thus  causing  the  door  to  open  immediately. 


io8 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  128.  Fig.  129. 

Fig.  128.     Elevator  Door-Locking  Device. 

This  illustration  shows  an  improved  door-locking  device  controlled  by 
compressed  air  and  used  in  connection  with  the  automatic  door  described 
in  Fig.  127.  When  this  device  is  in  operation  and  the  door  on  the  elevator 
is  closed,  it  is  impossible  for  passengers  to  come  in  contact  with  anything 
which  may  accidentally  extend  into  the  elevator  shaft. 


Fig.  129.     Elevator  Entrance  Automatically  Illuminated. 

The  purpose  of  this  device  is  to  illuminate  the  entrance  to  the  elevator 
at  the  floor,  so  that  the  passenger  may  see  just  where  to  step  when  getting 
in  or  coming  out.  Many  places  where  elevators  are  situated  are  quite  dark, 
and,  if  the  operator  is  careless  and  does  not  stop  within  several  inches  of  the 
floor  level,  the  passenger  entering  or  leaving  the  elevator  is  apt  to  stumble 
and  receive  severe  injuries  as  the  result  of  a  fall. 


ELEVATORS 


109 


Fig.  130.  Fig.  131. 

Fig.  130.     Automatic    Gate,    Open-at-Will    Type. 

(Manufactured    by    the    Richmond    Safety    Gate    Company,    Richmond,  Ind.) 

This  Is  a  full  automatic  gate  with  interlocking  attachments.  If  the 
car  travels  a  number  of  floors  at  high  speed,  this  is  well  adapted  for  such 
service  as,  in  ascending  from  the  basement  or  first  floor  to  the  top  floor,  it 
does  not  disturb  any  of  the  gates  in  transit.  When  you  arrive  at  the  floor 
at  which  you  wish  to  land,  you  simply  push  the  lever  and  the  gate  rises 
automatically. 


Fig.  131.     Semi- Automatic    Gate   for   Elevator. 

(Manufactured  by  the   Richmond   Safety  Gate   Company,   Richmond,   Ind.) 

This  device  is  what  is  known  as  the  "  Columbia  Semi-automatic  Gate." 
The  picture  shows  an  elevator  running  through  the  center  of  the  floor.  The 
opening  is  enclosed  by  a  fence  and  the  entrance  is  provided  with  a  gate. 
As  the  elevator  comes  to  the  landing  the  gate  is  raised  by  hand  and  is  held 
open  by  a  pawl,  which  an  arm  on  the  car  engages  with  a  weight  lock  con- 
nected with  the  gate  by  means  of  a  rope.  As  the  elevator  moves  away  from 
the  landing  the  pawl  is  released  and  the  gate  drops  back  Into  position  by  its 
own  weight. 


no 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  132.     Automatic   Hatch   Cover   Guard   for   Elevator  —  Closed. 

This  shows  elevator  hatch  covers  enclosed  by  railing.     The  object  of 
the  railing  is  to  prevent  persons  from  crossing  the  hatch  covers. 


Fig-  133-     Automatic   Hatch   Cover   Guard   for   Elevator  —  Opening   on 

Approach  of  Car. 


ELEVATORS 


III 


Fig.  134.  Fig.  135. 

Fig.  134.     Hatchway   Safeguard. 

(Manufactured  by  Moore  &  Wyman,  Boston,  Mass.) 

This  picture  represents  an  enclosed  hoistway,  with  a  half  automatic 
gate  at  entrance. 


Fig.  13,5.     Side  Post  Freight  Platform  Enclosed. 

This  picture  shows  a  freight  elevator  running  through  the  center  of 
the  floor.  The  protective  feature  consists  of  three  of  the  sides  being  enclosed 
by  a  fence  composed  of  heavy  hard  wood  slats. 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  136.  Fig.  137. 

Fig.  136.     Elevator  Operating  Lever  Enclosed. 

Many  elevators  are  equipped  with  an  operating  lever  which  extends 
vertically  from  the  floor  some  23/2  feet  and  which  is  moved  from  the  center 
sideways  to  operate  the  elevator  up  or  down.  Unless  the  operator  is  at  his 
station  and  holding  the  lever,  there  is  danger  of  someone,  in  entering  or 
leaving  the  car,  brushing  against  the  lever  and  starting  the  elevator.  The 
device  here  illustrated  shows  the  lever  coming  up  from  the  floor  entirely 
enclosed,  making  it  impossible  for  the  elevator  to  be  accidentally  moved. 


Fig.   137.     Elevator  Operating  Lever  Suspended  from  Top  of  Car. 

This  is  another  arrangement  of  an  elevator  operating  lever.  It  is 
suspended  from  the  top  of  the  car  and  is  out  of  the  way  of  persons  entering 
or  leaving  the  elevator. 


ELEVATORS 


"3 


Fig-  138.  Fig.  139. 

Fig.  138.     Elevator  Safety  Catch. 

(Manufactured  by  the  Elevator  Safety  Appliance  Company,  Qiicago,  111.) 

This  device  is  designed  to  catch  and  hold  the  elevator,  should  the 
cables  break  on  account  of  the  car  having  been  drawn  into  the  overhead 
supports. 


Fig-  139-     Safety  Catch  for  Counterweights. 

(Manufactured  by  the  Elevator  Safety  Appliance  Company,  Chicago,  111.) 

This  device  is  designed  to  catch  and  hold  the  counterweights  should 
they  be  drawn  into  the  overhead  supports  with  sufficient  force  to  break  the 
cables. 


H 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  140.  Fig.  141. 

Fig.  140.     Broken  Elevator  Sheave. 

This  shows  a  broken  trav^eling  elevator  sheave  discovered  by  an  ^tna 
Inspector.  While  to  all  outward  appearances  it  seemed  perfectly  sound, 
when  it  was  removed  the  broken  piece  was  easily  detached  by  pulling  it  with 
the  hand.  Had  the  broken  part  dropped  out  while  the  elevator  was  in 
operation,  a  serious  accident  might  have  resulted. 


Fig.  141.    Elevator  Worm  Gear  Badly  Worn. 

This  shows  a  section  of  a  worm  gear  very  badly  worn.  The  threads, 
as  will  be  observed,  are  in  some  places  worn  entirely  through,  and  it  is  very 
possible,  if  the  conditions  had  not  been  discovered  when  they  were,  that 
the  worm  would  have  failed  to  hold  the  load  and  the  elevator  would  have 
dropped  to  the  bottom  of  the  shaft,  provided  It  was  not  caught  and  held  by 
a  safety  device.  This  picture  shows  the  Importance  of  examining  all  parts 
of  an  elevator  frequently  and  thoroughly. 


ELEVATORS 


115 


Fig.  142.  Fig.  1-43. 

Fig.  142.     Looking  Through  Open  Door  into  Elevator  Shaft. 

This  illustrates  the  danger  of  an  open  door  to  an  elevator  hoistway. 
A  person  seeing  the  open  door,  and  impelled  by  curiosity,  is  looking  down 
the  shaft  and  is  in  danger  of  being  struck  by  the  descending  elevator.  The 
picture  shows  the  necessity  of  keeping  the  door  latches  in  good  order,  so 
that  the  doors  will  remain  fastened  when  closed,  and  also  the  necessity  of 
the  operator  closing  the  door  before  the  elevator  leaves  the  landing. 


Fig.  143.     Looking  Over  Gate  into  Elevator  Shaft. 

Many  serious  accidents  have  been  caused  by  persons  looking  over  an 
elevator  gate  and  being  caught  by  the  elevator  as  it  descended.  This  picture 
shows  a  man  looking  over  a  gate  and  the  elevator  approaching.  The  best 
safeguard  against  accidents  from  this  cause  is  to  make  the  gate  higher,  so 
that  a  person  cannot  look  over  it.  With  low  gates,  warning  signals  or 
gongs  should  be  provided  to  warn  persons  of  the  approach  of  the  elevator. 


ii6 


SAFEGUARDS 


1 


Fig.  144.     Unguarded  Opening  to  Elevator  Hoistway, 

This  opening  is  provided  with  swinging  doors,  but  in  many  instances 
they  are  not  kept  closed.  Where  it  is  necessary  to  keep  the  doors  open  for 
any  reason,  some  arrangement  for  guarding  the  hoistway  should  be  provided. 


Fig.  145.     Elevator  Interlock. 

(Manufactured  by  the   Standard   Elevator  Interlock   Company,   Philadelphia,   Penn.) 

This  shows  a  door-locking  device  for  elevator,  lever  arrangement. 
The  object  of  the  arrangement  is  to  prevent  the  door  being  opened  except 
when  the  elevator  Is  at  a  landing.  It  also  prevents  the  elevator  from  being 
moved  away  from  a  landing  while  the  door  is  open. 


ELEVATORS 


117 


Courtesy  0/ Otis  Elevator  Company 

Fig.  146.     Otis  Elevator  Safety  Device. 

This  shows  the  various  parts  of  an  elevator  safety  device  used  in  con- 
nection with  elevators  manufactured  by  the  Otis  Elevator  Co.  Should  the 
cables  break  or  any  part  of  the  machinery  become  deranged  which  would 
permit  the  car  to  attain  excessive  speed,  the  safety  would  be  thrown  into 
operation  and  the  car  brought  to  a  gradual  stop.  Great  care  should  always 
be  taken  to  see  that  every  part  of  the  safety  is  kept  clean  and  in  proper 
working  order. 


ii8 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  147.     Safety  Air  Cushion  for  Elevators. 

(]Manufactured    by    the    Standard    Safety    Air    Cushion 
Co.,   of   New   York   City.) 

This  device  is  so  arranged  as  to  permit  the 
elevator  to  come  to  a  gradual  stop  as  the  air  is 
compressed  in  the  bottom  of  the  pit  or  the  cage 
shown  in  the  picture.  Elevators  equipped  with 
the  air  cushion  arrangement  are  also  provided 
with  the  other  safety  devices  commonly  used, 
the  air  cushion  being  an  additional  safeguard 
in  event  of  the  other  devices  failing  to  work. 


LourUsy  v/  Standard  Hajety  Air 
Cushion  Co. 


THE    ELECTRICAL   HAZARD 


Full  treatment  of  the  hazards  incident  to  the  use  of  electricity  for  light 
and  power  purposes  is  beyond  the  scope  of  this  book.  There  are  a  few 
general  precautions,  however,  which  may  properly  be  mentioned  as  neces- 
sary, or  advisable,  wherever  electricity  is  in  use.  High  pressure  currents 
are,  of  course,  the  most  dangerous,  but  it  is  well  to  adopt  these  precautions 
under  all  conditions.  Opinions  differ  as  to  the  pressure  at  which  currents 
become  dangerous,  and,  too,  currents  not  sufficiently  strong  to  be  the  direct 
source  of  injury  may  be  the  contributing  cause  of  an  accident.  A  shock 
not  severe  enough  to  injure  a  man  may  startle  or  jar  him  so  that  he  will 
fall  into  a  dangerous  place  or  from  a  height,  may  cause  him  to  drop  a  tool 
on  some  one  below,  or  may  interfere  with  the  proper  performance  of  the 
work  on  which  he  is  engaged  at  the  time. 

In  the  first  place  all  persons  working  for  electric  light 
r^T^  T,r^T^T^,>,n-,.T      ^^d  powcr  pknts  or  about  electrical  apparatus  in  other 

OF    WORKMEN  ,  ,        ,j,  j     r    n  •        j      •  i      i       i 

plants  should  be  made  rully  acquamted  with  the  dangerous 
parts  of  machinery  and  connections.  They  should  also  receive  instruction 
in  methods  of  artificial  respiration  and  in  other  first  aid  for  unconsciousness 
resulting  from  electrical  shock,  and  they  should  be  instructed  how  to  handle 
an  injured  person  with  safety  to  themselves. 

Emergency  outfits  for  use  in  case  of  shock  should  be  kept  in  places 
whose  location  is  known  to  all  employees.  Directions  for  artificial  respira- 
tion should  be  posted  where  they  will  be  frequently  seen,  as  in  stock  rooms, 
in  locker  rooms  and  at  switchboards. 

Great  care  should  be  taken  in  educating  new  men  for  dangerous  work. 
After  such  a  man  has  been  instructed  by  an  experienced  workman,  he  should 
not  be  allowed  to  undertake  to  work  until  the  superintendent  or  foreman 
is  satisfied,  by  separate  questioning  of  both  him  and  the  experienced  man 
who  has  been  educating  him,  that  he  has  the  necessary  confidence  as  well 
as  knowledge  to  proceed  with  the  work. 

Employees  should  be  instructed  as  to  the  use  of  safety  devices,  and 
informed  that  too  much  dependence  should  not  be  placed  upon  them,  as 
they  are  provided  only  as  an  additional  safety. 


I20 


SAFEGUARDS 


No  repairs,  alterations  or  ev^en  examinations  of  dangerous 

^^  narts,    such    as   mains,    wires,    etc.,    should    be   undertaken 

SAFEGUARDS      ^ ,  .,  '  a       U'    u  .•  c 

while  the  parts  are  under  high  pressure,  except  in  case  of 

WORKMEN  urgent  need,  and  then  only  under  the  personal  supervision 

of  an  electrical  engineer  or  a  skilled  foreman. 

It  is  always  advisable  to  have  more  than  one  ground,  and  to  have  all 
grounds  bonded  together  and  bonded  to  building  construction.  All  lead 
sheave  cables  should  also  be  bonded  to  this  same  ground. 

All  points  in  an  electrical  plant  not  involving  electrical  hazards,  but 
involving  the  ordinary  dangers  of  an  industrial  establishment,  should  be 
guarded  as  indicated  elsewhere  in  this  book. 

Only  persons  experienced  and  competent  to  handle  the  apparatus 
should  be  allowed  in  any  room  where  dangerous  apparatus  or  wires  are 
installed. 

Danger  signs  should  be  prominently  displayed,  in  as  many  languages 
as  may  be  necessary,  in  connection  with  all  dangerous  apparatus  or  parts. 

No  employee  should  be  left  alone  where  high  tension  current  is  used, 
in  either  a  station,  a  transformer  house  or  a  sub-station,  or  behind  a  switch- 
board. 

Floors  involving  dangerous  connection  with  metal  at  high  pressure 
should  be  covered  with  insulating  mats  and  kept  effectively  insulated. 

Lubricating  vessels  should  be  so  constructed  as  not  to  act  as  a  conductor. 

Dangerous  parts  of  apparatus  should  be  painted  bright  red. 

Signs  or  indicating  lamps  should  be  used  at  all  switches  to 
RULES    FOR        ,  ,      ,  ,  •  rr  I       •        •         T     • 

ttot:'   /-.t:>  show  Whether  the  current  is  on  or  on  each  circuit.      It  is 

SWITCHES         ^^^^  ^°  have  an  automatic  system  for  this  purpose,  but,  if 

such  is  not  used,  care  should  be  taken  by  any  one  changing 

a  switch  to  place  a  sign  indicating  the  condition  in  which  he  leaves  it. 

When  current  is  turned  off  a  circuit,  the  switch  should  first  be  tagged 
to  show  for  whom  it  is  turned  off,  and  this  tag  should  not  be  removed  nor 
the  current  turned  on  until  the  man  in  question  notifies  the  operator  that  his 
work  is  done.  In  cases  where  more  than  one  location  is  being  repaired  by 
different  men  at  the  same  time,  the  switch  should  be  tagged  for  each  man, 
and  the  current  should  not  be  turned  on  until  each  man  has  reported  and 
his  tag  has  been  removed. 

Current  which  has  been  cut  off  for  work  in  any  place  should  not  be 
turned  on  again  until  the  person  in  charge  of  the  station  is  satisfied,  through 
direct  report  from  the  person  doing  the  work,  that  the  danger  is  over. 
The  switch  should  be  locked  before  the  work  is  begun,  and  only  the  person 
in  charge  of  the  station  should  unlock  it. 

In  asking  to  have  a  circuit  opened  for  work,  or  in  announcing  that  the 
work  is  completed,  the  man  doing  the  workg  should  personally  make  the 


THE   ELECTRICAL   HAZARD  121 


request  or  announcement  and  should  take  all  pains  to  assure  himself  that 
the  operator  fully  understands  who  is  making  the  request  or  announcement. 
In  many  plants  it  has  been  found  an  especially  effective  safeguard  to 
have  the  man  who  is  to  do  the  work  personally  see,  wherever  possible,  the 
operator  open  the  circuit  before  he  sets  out  for  the  place  of  work. 

In  opening  a  high  pressure  circuit,  to  permit  of  work  being  done,  the 
switchboard  operator  should  not  be  satisfied  with  merely  pulling  the  oil 
switch  handle.  He  should  go  back  of  the  board  and  ascertain,  by  actually 
looking,  if  the  switch  is  open  fully,  and  should  then  so  report  to  the  person 
asking  to  have  the  circuit  opened. 

An  employee  having  been  informed  that  a  circuit  has  been  opened 
at  his  request,  so  that  he  may  work  upon  lines,  should,  before  beginning 
the  work,  short-circuit  the  lines  of  said  circuit,  as  an  additional  precaution, 
with  a  tool  provided  for  the  purpose. 

PRECAUTIONS  ^"  working  about  "  dead  "  apparatus  the  same  precau- 
PQj^  tions  should  be  observed  as  if  the  parts  were  "  alive." 

WORKMEN  ^^^^  practice  not  only  tends  to  fix  habits  of  caution,  but 

TO   TAKE  i^  offsets  danger  that  might  develop  from  a  mistake  made 

by  another  person. 

In  working  on  the  primary  side  of  transformers,  about  switchboards, 
or  at  other  particularly  dangerous  points,  it  is  advisable  to  use  only  one 
hand. 

Men  working  around  switchboards  or  other  dangerous  apparatus 
should  not  roll  up  their  sleeves. 

India  rubber  gloves  should  be  worn  by  persons  working  on  cables  or 
portions  of  mains  under  high  pressure,  great  care  being  taken  to  insure  the 
gloves  being  in  proper  condition  to  act  as  a  non-conductor. 

Employees  should  not  use  any  tools  which  are  imperfect  or  defective. 
They  should  report  such  condition  of  tools  to  the  superintendent  or  foreman. 

Material  used  in  cleaning  dangerous  parts  should  be  applied  with  an 
insulating  handle. 

<-T,^TTivTT^TXT^      Thc    framcs   and   bed   plates   of   all   generating   machines, 

GROUNDING  ^  ,  ,     ,  i  ,       ,  ,,- 

p^^T)  motors,  transformer  boxes,  ladders  and  other  metallic  parts 

INSULATION     should  be  jointly  and  efiiciently  grounded.     It  is  advisable 

also  to  surround  such  machines  with  an  insulated  platform 

for  use  by  workmen  about  the  machine,  and  they  should  be  fenced  ofi^  with 

wood,  or  some  other  non-conducting  material. 

All  dangerous  parts,  such  as  terminals,  brushes  and  connectors,  should 

be  located,  as  far  as  possible,  so  that  a  person  cannot  touch  them  with  his 

body,  his  clothing  or  a  conducting  tool.     Where  this  cannot  be  done,  they 


122 


SAFEGUARDS 


should  be  fenced  off  or  covered,  wherever  practicable,  with  non-conducting 
material  to  accomplish  the  same  purpose. 

Transformer  case  holes  for  the  passage  of  conductors  should  be 
effectively  lined  or  bushed  with  non-conducting  material. 

Conductors  within  transformer  chambers  should  be  effectively  guarded 
with  insulating  material. 

As  much  room  as  possible  should  be  provided  around 
SWITCHBOARD  switchboards,  and  insulating  platforms  and  rubber  mats 
SAFEGUARDS  for  the  use  of  operators  should  be  provided  at  both  back 

and  front. 

In  switchrooms  and  on  both  front  and  back  of  switchboards  dangerous 
parts  should  be  so  placed,  wherever  practicable,  that  they  cannot  be  acci- 
dentally touched,  or  they  should  be  effectively  insulated. 

The  backs  of  switchboards  should  be  enclosed  and  kept  locked,  except 
for  purposes  of  alterations  or  repairs. 

Repairs  and  alterations  on  switchboards  should  be  carried  on  only  by, 
or  under  the  immediate  supervision  of,  a  competent  electrician.  Such  work 
should  never  be  done,  except  in  case  of  urgent  need,  when  the  parts  involved 
are  under  pressure.  In  such  a  case  no  parts  of  different  pressure  should 
be  exposed  at  one  time,  and  all  parts  not  under  immediate  attention  should 
be  covered  with  insulating  material. 

All  instrument  cases,  switch  mechanism  and  oil  switch  cans  should  be 
grounded. 

No  railing  not  insulated  or  built  of  insulating  material  should  be  within 
reach  of  any  switchboard  apparatus,  instruments,  generating  machines  or 
motors. 

^^  „    „  Fuses    and    fuse    blocks    having    bare    exposed    conducting 

CUT  OUTS        P^rts  should  be  guarded  the  same   as  switches,   generators 
or  motors. 
In  series  arc  circuits  each  individual  lamp  should  have  its  own  absolute 
cut-out,  for  rendering  the  lamp  "  dead  "  in  case  of  necessary  repairs. 

/-/^xTo^T^TT^rT,T^vT    ^^ ^ ^   acrial   conductors  should  be   insulated   their   entire 

CONSTRUCTION     i  ,  ,    ^        i 

length  and  hrmly  supported. 

In  line  construction,  all  electric  lighting  and  power  circuits  should  be 
on  separate  poles  from  telephone  or  telegraph  poles  or  signal  systems;  in 
cases  where  this  is  impossible,  the  high  tension  wire  should  always  be  at  the 
top  of  the  pole. 

All  guy  lines  to  poles  should  have  approved  circuit  breakers  connected 
in  the  guy,  and  where  crossing  trolley  wires,  two  should  be  installed,  one  at 
each  end  of  the  guv. 


THE   ELECTRICAL   HAZARD  123 

Transformers  should  always  be  placed  on  the  poles,  instead  of  on 
buildings  where  persons  may  come  in  contact  with  them.  If  not  placed 
on  poles,  vaults  should  be  constructed  in  the  building  for  the  purpose,  and 
kept  locked. 

The  subject  of  electrical  accidents  in  industrial  plants  has 
GUARDING  been  ably  treated  by  Mr.  Robert  J.  Young,  Safet}^  Inspec- 

OTHER  THAN  tor  of  the  Illinois  Steel  Company,  in  the  Electrical  JVorld 
ELECTRICAL  of  August  12,  1909.  \Ye  quote  from  his  article  the  fol- 
WORKMEN  lowing  passage  relating  to  other  than  electrical  workmen 

in  industrial  plants: 

''Guarding  Electrical  Apparatus.  A  large  percentage  of  employees 
injured  around  electrical  apparatus  are  not  connected  with  that  particular 
work.  They  come  to  grief  through  ignorance  of  the  dangers  or  because 
proper  safeguards  have  not  been  provided. 

"  The  following  are  a  few  precautions  which  have  been  found  very 
effective : 

"  All  poles  and  apparatus  carrying  high  voltage  and  all  buildings  in 
which  it  is  generated  should  bear  warning  signs  calling  attention  to  the 
dangers.  Where  there  is  a  large  foreign  population  such  as  is  found  in 
most  large  manufacturing  plants,  these  signs  should  be  printed  in  the  different 
foreign  languages. 

"  Switchboards  carrying  high  voltage  and  located  where  workmen 
may  come  in  contact  with  them,  should  be  enclosed  to  prevent  accidental 
contact  and  should  bear  a  warning  sign  printed  in  several  different  languages. 

"  Safe  disconnecting  means  should  be  arranged  so  that  switchboards  or 
switches  may  be  rendered  '  dead  '  when  necessan,'  to  work  on  them. 

"  The  enclosed  fuse  or  automatic  overload  circuit  breaker  should  be 
used  on  all  mill  motor  circuits.  There  should  be  insulating  mats  at  all 
boards. 

"  All  motors  should  be  thoroughly  grounded.  Where  the  motor  is  so 
located  that  men  work  around  it,  the  armature  shaft,  if  it  projects  beyond 
the  housing  or  the  brake  wheel,  should  be  guarded.  A  convenient  way  to 
do  this  is  to  place  a  cup  over  the  end  of  the  shaft,  fastening  it  to  the  housing 
or  framework  of  the  motor.  It  should  not  be  allowed  to  turn  with  the 
shaft.     This  shaft  end  has  been  found  to  be  a  prolific  cause  of  accidents." 

WHAT  TO  DO  IN  CASE  OF  ACCIDENT 

The  first  thing  to  do,  of  course,  is  to  send  for  a  physician.  Pending 
his  arrival,  however,  much  invaluable  aid  can  be  given  the  injured  person. 
In  most  instances  an  accidental  electric  shock  suspends  animation  only  tem- 
porarilv,  and  death  is  not  likely  to  ensue  if  intelligent  aid  is  promptly  given. 


124  SAFEGUARDS 


If  the  injured  person  is  still  in  contact  with  the  wire  or 

^^^^  apparatus  causing  the  shock,  the  first  step  to  take  is  to  have 

_^     the  current  shut  off  or  to  release  him  from  contact  with  the 

OF    INJURED  Til  .  .  u  -4 

conductor.     In  the  latter  case  great  care  must  be  exercised 

by  those  who  go  to  his  rescue  to  avoid  being  shocked.  It  is  as  dangerous 
to  touch  any  part  of  his  body  with  bare  hands  as  to  touch  the  wire  or  ap- 
paratus with  which  he  is  in  contact.  The  rescuers  therefore  should  use 
rubber  gloves  or  cover  their  hands  with  thick  pads  made  of  dry  rags  or 
dry  garments.  They  should  also  stand,  if  possible,  on  dry  wood  or  dry 
clothing. 

Wherever  possible,  the  current  should  be  short  circuited  before 
attempting  to  handle  the  injured  man.  If  he  is  in  contact  with  two  wires, 
this  can  be  done  by  throwing  a  metal  bar  or  a  wet  cloth  across  both  wires. 
If  he  is  touching  or  grasping  only  one  wire,  the  current  can  be  short  cir- 
cuited by  means  of  a  piece  of  wire  or  a- metal  rod,  care  being  taken  to  con- 
nect this  with  the  earth  first  rather  than  with  the  live  wire. 

Where  it  is  necessary  to  cut  a  wire  the  man  doing  the  cutting  should 
have  his  feet  insulated  from  earth,  and,  if  possible,  should  use  an  ax  with 
a  dry  wooden  handle.  Sometimes,  when  the  injured  man  has  only  one 
limb  lying  across  a  wire,  he  can  be  released  from  contact  by  merely  using 
a  wooden  pole  or  board  to  lift  the  limb  off. 

As  soon  as  the  patient  has  been   freed  from  the  current, 

TREATMENT  .  . 

lay  him  flat  on  his  back  in  some  place  where  there  is  plenty 
of  air,  loosen  all  clothes  about  the  neck  and  chest,  and  then  observe  care- 
fully whether  or  not  he  is  breathing.  If  he  is  breathing,  all  that  is  needed 
is  to  encourage  respiration  by  very  ordinary  means,  such  as  fanning  h'm, 
slapping  the  chest  with  towels  wrung  out  in  cold  water,  passing  ammonia 
back  and  forth  beneath  his  nose,  and  preventing  the  tongue  from  dropping 
back  into  the  throat  or  acting  as  a  valve  over  the  windpipe.  If  the  patient 
is  not  breathing  at  all,  immediately  start  artificial  respiration. 

The  treatment  of  injuries  such  as  broken  bones  or  burns  can  always 
wait  until  the  patient  is  breathing  satisfactorily. 

A-DT-T-cTr'TAT  Two  persons,  or  at  most  three,  can  best  carry  out  this  pro- 

ARTIFICIAL  J  A  11        1  11111  T  tr 

RESPIRATION     ^edure.     All  others  should  be  kept  at  a  distance.      Keep 

the  patient  flat  on  his  back  with  a  folded  blanket  or  coat 

under  his  shoulders  and  chest,  so  that  the  head  drops  back  a  little.     Let  one 

assistant  kneel  at  his  head  and  see  to  it  that  there  is  no  obstruction  in  the 

mouth  or  throat  to  the  easy  flow  of  air  back  and  forth  in  response  to  the 

efforts  of  the  other  two  assistants. 

Let  the  other  two  assistants  kneel  on  each  side  of  the  patient,  each 

grasping  an  arm  firmly  with  both  hands.     Carry  them  together  to  the  floor, 


THE  ELECTRICAL  HAZARD 


125 


well  up  above  the  patient's  head,  drawing  at  the  same  time  firmly  up  on  the 
shoulders  so  as  to  visibly  expand  the  chest.  Hold  in  this  position  an 
instant,  and  then  return  the  arms  bent  at  the  elbow  to  the  front  and  side  of 
the  chest.  This  motion,  together  with  a  fairly  vigorous  compression  of  the 
chest  by  the  weight  of  the  two  assistants,  will  express  nearly  all  of  the  air 
from  the  chest  and  prepare  the  patient  for  the  next  inspiratory  effort. 

The  simplest  way  to  regulate  the  frequency  of  these  artificial  chest 
respirations  is  to  keep  time  with  one's  own  breathing.  Of  course,  both  arms 
should  be  moved  exactly  together.  The  person  in  charge  should  take  one 
arm  and  his  assistant  on  the  opposite  side  keep  time  with  him. 

Where  cessation  of  respiration  is  the  only  symptom,  a  patient  can  be 
kept  alive  by  this  method  almost  indefinitely. 


Fig.  148.     The  Linemen's  Protective  Shield. 

(Manufactured  by  the   Linemen  Protector  Company  of  Detroit.) 

This  is  a  device  designed  for  the  protection  of  linemen  working  on  high 
tension  wires.  It  is  composed  of  pure  Para  rubber  and  is  very  similar  in 
appearance  to  an  automobile  tire.  The  shield  is  placed  over  the  wires  in 
the  manner  shown  in  the  picture  and  is  held  secure  by  rubber  split  rings 
placed  over  the  small  ends  of  the  shield.  There  are  handles,  also  of  rubber, 
attached  to  the  shield,  which  obviate  any  necessity  for  a  man  putting  his 
hands  around  the  edge  in  order  to  place  it  in  position.  Shields  should  be 
placed  to  cover  not  only  the  "live"  wires,  but  also  the  "tie"  wires;  in 
fact,  any  wire  a  man  may  touch  should  be  covered,  excepting  only  the  wire 
on  which  he  is  working. 


126 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  149.    Model  Electric  Light  Station. 


This  picture  shows  an  electric  light  station  with  dangerous  points  well 
protected.  There  are  guards  around  upper  platforms,  hand  rails  on  all 
stairs,  and  railings  around  openings  in  the  floor. 


THE  ELECTRICAL  HAZARD 


127 


Fig.  150.     Model  Electric  Light  Station. 


This  picture  is  another  view  of  the  plant  shown  in  Fig.  149.  It  giv^es  a 
better  idea  of  the  detail  of  the  guards  on  platforms  and  guards  around  fly 
wheels. 


CONTRACTING 


Contracting  covers  such  a  broad  field  that  it  is  impossible,  in  the 
limited  space  at  our  disposal,  to  give  it  anything  like  full  attention.  The 
jranches  of  ^York  handled  by  contractors  of  one  kind  or  another  are  almost 
innumerable,  and  each  has  its  own  special  hazards.  Even  construction  work, 
which  is  most  commonly  associated  with  the  term  "contracting,"  has  so 
many  subdivisions,  with  hazards  varying  widely  in  nature,  that  detailed 
treatment  of  them  in  this  place  is  out  of  the  question. 

There  are  some  dangers,  however,  which  are  common  to  all  or  many 
of  the  different  kinds  of  construction  work.  In  the  erection  of  buildings 
and  bridges  and  in  the  construction  of  railroads,  tunnels  and  sewers,  many 
of  the  hazards  may  be  considered  more  or  less  general,  such  as  excavating, 
blasting,  shoring,  the  use  of  hoisting  and  conveying  apparatus  and  the 
employment  of  stagings,  platforms  and  the  like. 

The  workmen  range  from  the  ignorant  and  foreign  laborer  to  the 
skilled  artisan.  Their  work  takes  them  into  deep  holes  below  the  surface 
of  the  earth  and  to  dizzy  heights  above.  Under  the  most  favorable  con- 
ditions much  of  the  work  is  necessarily  dangerous;  but  the  conditions  can 
be  unusually  hazardous  or  reasonably  safe,  according  to  the  methods 
pursued  by  the  contractor  In  conducting  the  operations.  On  the  contractor 
rests  primarily  a  great  deal  of  the  responsibility  as  regards  accident.  No 
matter  how  many  precautions  he  takes,  he  cannot  wholly  eliminate  the 
possibility  of  accidnt;  but  he  can  so  systematize  and  plan  that  much  of 
the  risk  attaching  U  the  work  will  be  avoided. 

We  give  here.vith  a  few  suggestions  as  to  some  of  the  methods  of 
safeguarding  which  should  be  adopted: 

All   stagings   and  platforms  should  be  properly  built  and 

PT  ATFO"RM<5     strong  enough   to   sustain   the   workmen   and   the   loads   of 

AND  material,   etc.,   to  which   they  will  be  subjected.      Shorings 

SHORING  should  be   so   solidly   constructed   that   they  will   stand   the 

pressure  upon  them  beyond  question. 

Rigging  and  timber  for  shoring,  staging  or  platforms  should  be 
selected  with  the  utmost  care  to  see  that  they  are  of  good  material,  and 
they  should  be  examined  frequently  to  assure  their  continuing  in  first-class 
condition. 

It  is  very  essential  that  a  sufficient  amount  of  timber  be  provided  for 


CONTRACTING  129 


shoring,  staging,  etc.,  for  many  accidents  have  occurred  where  one  more 
brace  or  stay  would  have  prevented  serious  injury  or  loss  of  life. 

Stagings  and  platforms  should  have  reasonably  high  safety  railings 
about  them  and  a  skirting  board  at  their  edges,  to  prevent  tools  or  material 
from  falling  on  persons  below  as  well  as  to  make  the  workmen  on  them 
more  safe  from  falling. 

Outside  scaffolding  or  staging  used  in  building  construction  should  be 
so  fastened  as  to  prevent  its  swaying  from  the  building. 

Where  work  is  being  done  on  a  lofty  tower,  chimney,  etc.,  a  secondary 
scaffold  should  be  provided  at  a  proper  distance  below  any  working  scaffold, 
to  prevent  serious  injury  to  anyone  falling  from  the  working  scaffold. 

The  workmen  of  each  trade  should  erect  their  own  staging  in  a 
building,  for  they  know  the  requirements  of  the  particular  purpose  for 
which  it  is  to  be  used.  For  instance,  a  staging  erected  for  the  light  wiring 
men  would  be  apt  to  be  unsafe  for  steam  fitters. 

In  buildings,  especially  of  steel  construction,  temporary,  if  not 
permanent,  floors  should  be  laid,  following  the  steel  work  as  closely  as 
possible.  There  should  be  such  a  floor  within  at  least  two  floors  of  the 
floor  where  the  steel  work  is  being  done,  and,  if  the  floor  beams  are  of  iron 
or  steel,  the  entire  tier  of  beams  on  which  the  steel  or  iron  work  is  being 
done  should  be  floored  over. 

Any  openings  which  it  may  be  necessary  to  leave  in  the  floors 
OPENINGS  °^  ^  building  for  the  hoisting  of  material,  or  for  permanent 
jj^  purposes,  should  be  railed  off  to  a  sufficient  height.     Where 

BUILDINGS       hoistways  are  in  use  durring  construction,  the  two  sides  which 
require  to  be  opened  from  time  to  time  should  have  adjust- 
able barriers.     Ladders,  securely  fastened,  should  be  provided  for  use  until 
the  stairways  are  installed. 

Workmen  should  not  be  allowed  to  work  under  other  workmen  in  any 
hoistway  or  other  opening  in  a  building,  unless  the  opening  is  properly 
covered  with  heavy  planking  which  will  protect  them  from  any  injury 
by  material  or  tools  falling  from  above. 

All  hoisting  machinery,  derricks,  booms,  chain  falls,  tackle, 
HOISTING  ,.  1111'  1     1    -1      u 

shngs,  etc.,  should  be  mspected  daily  by  a  competent  man, 

AFFAKAIUS  .  ,  .  111  it  1  • 

not  by  an  ignorant  or  inexperienced  laborer;  and,  ir  anything 
is  found  not  to  be  absolutely  safe,  it  should  be  remedied  at  once,  before 
being  put  into  use.  Care  should  be  taken  nev^er  to  overload  any  hoisting  or 
moving  apparatus  beyond  its  safe  carrying  strength. 

No  hoisting  or  moving  apparatus  should  ever  be  operated  without  due 
preliminary  warning  having  been   given   to   all   workmen    in   the   vicinity. 
There  should  he  an  efficient  system  of  signaling  between  the  man  at  the 
9 


I30  SAFEGUARDS 


hoisting  machine  and  the  man  in  charge  of  hoisting  or  conveying  the 
material.  No  workmen  should  be  allowed  to  ride  on  any  hoisting  apparatus. 
In  the  demolition  and  construction  of  buildings,  bridges,  etc.,  the 
premises  should  be  fenced  in,  and  all  hoisting  apparatus  should  be  placed 
within  the  enclosure.  No  hoisting  should  be  done  in  public  highways, 
unless  the  part  of  the  highway  in  use  is  guarded  so  that  no  one  can  be 
injured  by  anything  falling. 

When  an  explosive,  such  as  powder  or  dynamite,   is  used 
USE   AND  .      ,  ,       .         •      ,       11  1      1  1     •  ,, 

for  blasting,  It  should  be  kept  only  m  small  quantities,  stored 

EXPLOSIVES  ^"  some  out-of-the-way  place  and  locked  up.  Only  the 
powder  man,  who  should  be  thoroughly  competent  and 
should  fully  understand  the  dangers  connected  with  the  handling  of  explo- 
sives, should  have  access  to  the  supply.  Blasting  operations  should  be 
conducted  under  the  supervision  of  a  competent  man,  and  he  should  see  that 
all  persons  within  the  zone  of  danger  are  warned  before  a  shot  is  fired. 

In  caisson  and  tunnel  work  the  men  should  be  kept  supplied  with 
CAISSON  . 

an  abundant  amount  of  fresh  air.     Care  should  be  taken  to  see 

TUNNEL     ^^^^  ^^^  pumping  apparatus  is  in  the  best  of  condition  and  that 

WORK         ^^^  connecting  pipes  are  so  located  or  protected  that  there  will 

be  no  chance  of  their  being  broken  by  material  falling  on  them. 

It  is  advisable  to  have  an  auxiliary  air  supply  in  reserve,  for  use  in  case  of 

emergency. 

„  As  the  public  is  more  or  less  subject  to  the  hazards  incidental 

OF  THE  ^°  almost  all  construction,  by  reason  of  the  exposed  nature  of  the 
PUBLIC  work,  great  care  should  be  taken  to  protect  outside  persons.  The 
contractor  should  therefore  see  to  it  that  the  work  being  done 
is  fenced  in,  wherever  fencing  is  possible,  to  keep  the  public  away  from  the 
operations;  that  "  No  Admittance  "  and  "  Danger  "  signs  be  posted  wher- 
ever required;  that  excavations  of  any  kind  in  public  highways  or  piles  of 
material,  etc.,  be  railed  off,  and  be  guarded  by  plenty  of  red  lights  at  night. 

FITNESS  ^^o  "^'^^  should  be  allowed  to  undertake  a  dangerous  task 

FOR  WORK,  until  all  possible  precautions  have  been  taken  for  his  safety, 
VIGILANCE,  and  the  man  to  do  such  work  should  be  especially  selected  for 
ETC.  his  fitness. 

All  employees  should  be  urged  to  report  to  their  foreman 
any  unusual  conditions  which  may  come  to  their  attention. 

As  the  conditions  surrounding  construction  work  are  ever  changing 
with  the  progress  of  the  work,  vigilance  cannot  be  relaxed  for  a  moment 
if  reasonable  safety  is  to  be  assured  both  employees  and  the  public. 


CONTRACTING 


13' 


Fig.  151.     Staging  Used  in  Rebuilding  Church  Spire. 


Fig.  152.     Fence  Enclosing  Staging  at  Top  of  Church  Spire  Being  Rebuilt. 

(Companion  picture  to  Fig.  151.)  This  staging  is  160  feet  from  the 
ground,  yet  the  enclosure  of  the  platform  enables  the  men  to  work  at  this 
height  as  safely  as  if  they  were  on  the  ground. 


132 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig-   153-     Trench  Properly  Shored  on  Inside. 


Fig.  154.     Good  Method  of  Bracing  a  Trench. 


CONTRACTING 


133 


I^ig-  155-     Guards  Along  Trench,  Sewer  Work. 


or 

ted. 

ne  is 

rator 

'red. 

\ 


Fig.  156.     Guard  Around  Excavation,  Sewer  Work, 


134 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  157.     View  of  Inside  Trench  Shoring  from  Bottom  of  Trench. 

(To  get  the  proper  idea  of  the  shoring,  hold  the  picture  directly  over 
your  head  and  imagine  yourself  standing  at  the  bottom  of  the  trench  and 
looking  upward.) 


BAKE  SHOPS 


The  bake  shop,  which  is  to  be  found  in  greater  or  less  numbers  in  every 
town  in  the  country,  is  prolific  of  accidents.  A  decade  ago  the  small  baker, 
with  his  old-fashioned  hand  work,  was  the  rule.  Today  he  is  the  exception. 
Most  bake  shops  in  towns  of  any  considerable  size  are  now  equipped  with 
machines  for  doing  the  work,  such  as  dough  brakes,  dough  mixers,  egg 
beaters,  etc.  The  plant  furnishing  the  power  to  run  the  machines  has  the 
dangers  of  its  kind,  whether  steam,  gas  or  electric,  but  the  machines  have 
specific  dangers  of  their  own  against  which  protection  needs  to  be  provided. 

^„„   ^^„-„     Of  the  machines  used  in  bake  shops  the  dough  brake,  or 

THE    DOUGH  i,  •  r     i  it 

BRAKE  roller,    is   one   ot   the   most   dangerous   when   unprotected. 

One  source  of  the  danger  connected  with  this  machine  is 

found  in  the  rolls  into  which  the  dough  is  fed  to  be  broken.     The  operator 

is  very  apt  to  get  his  hands  caught  between  these  rolls  and  badly  injured. 

Many  a  finger  and  hand,  and  not  a  few  arms,  have  had  to  be  amputated 

on  account  of  such  accidents. 

These  rolls  should  be  guarded  with  a  cover  of  metal  sheeting  which 
will  leave  open  space  enough  for  feeding  the  dough  but  not  enough  to  allow 
the  hands  to  come  in  contact  with  the  rolls. 

The  rolls  should  also  be  fitted  with  metal  scrapers  so  that  the  hands 
need  not  be  used  to  clean  them. 

The  gears  at  the  ends  of  the  rolls  should  be  guarded  by  metal  cover- 
ings. Bakers  are  apt  to  wear  loose  clothing  and,  as  their  work  brings  them 
so  close  to  the  machine,  the  clothing  is  likely  to  catch  in  the  gears,  a  sleeve 
possibly  drawing  in  an  arm  after  It. 

There  should  also  be  a  belt  shifter  within  easy  reach  of  the  baker, 
whether  he  is  standing  in  front  of  the  machine  or  at  the  end. 

It  is  also  desirable  to  have  a  brake  for  the  fly  wheel,  to  aid  in  stopping 
the  machinery  quickly. 

The  dough  mixer  does  not  cause  as  many  accidents  as  the 
MIXFR  dough  brake,  but  those  for  which  it  is  responsible  are  very 

serious.  Accidents  caused  by  this  machine  are  usually  due 
to  cleaning  it  while  it  is  in  motion.  This  practice  should  not  be  allowed, 
and,  with  the  idea  of  making  it  seem  less  necessary,  every  dough  mixer 


136 


SAFEGUARDS 


should  be  equipped  with  the  best  of  belt  shifting  devices.  Then  the  machine 
can  easily  be  put  out  of  motion  when  cleaning  is  required,  or,  if  a  workman 
should  fall  in,  there  would  be  a  chance  of  stopping  the  machinery  in  time 
to  prevent  serious  injury  to  him.  The  gearing  of  the  dough  mixer  should, 
of  course,  be  as  thoroughly  guarded  as  that  of  the  dough  brake. 

When  dough  mixers  are  nm  by  direct  connection  with  an  electric 
motor,  as  is  often  done  for  economy's  sake  (the  expense  of  pulleys,  shaft- 
ing, hangers  and  belting  being  thus  saved) ,  the  switch  board  and  the  starting 
and  stopping  box  should  be  close  by  the  operator,  so  that  the  machinery 
can  be  quickly  stopped  in  event  of  an  accident. 

THE  MERE  INSTALLATION  OF  SAFEGUARDS  WILL  NOT 
NECESSARILY  PREVENT  ACCIDENTS.  SEE  TO  IT  THAT  THE 
MACHINERY  IS  NEVER  OPERATED  WITHOUT  THE  SAFE- 
GUARDS   BEING    IN    PLACE. 


Fig.  158.     Single  Fly  Wheel  Dough  Brake,  Guarded. 

This  machine  is  equipped  with  a  complete  covering  to  protect  the  rolls. 
It  has  scraper  knives  to  clean  the  rolls,  making  it  unnecessary  to  use  the 
hands  for  this  purpose.  The  gears  are  covered.  There  is  also  a  belt  shifter 
within  easy  reach  of  the  operator  at  all  points. 


BAKE  SHOPS 


137 


Fig.  159.     Double  Fly  Wheel  Dough  Brake,  Guarded. 

This  picture  shows  the  same  type  of  machine  as  that  shown  in  Fig.  158, 
built  larger  and  with  two  fly  wheels.     It  is  guarded  in  similar  manner. 


Fig.  160.     Universal  Dough  Mixer. 

Accidents  resulting  from  the  use  of  this  machine,  which  have  been 
many  and  serious,  are  almost  always  due  to  the  shifting  of  the  belt.  The 
picture  shows  the  belt  shifter  within  easy  reach  of  the  operator,  should  he 
desire  to  shift  the  belt  in  order  to  clean  the  machine  or  to  do  other  work 
incidental  to  its  operation. 


MISCELLANEOUS. 


Fig.  i6i.  Fig.  162. 

Figs.  161  and  162.    Von  Duprin  Self-Releasing  Fire  Exit  Latch. 

(Manufactured  by  Vonnegut  Hardware   Company,  Indianapolis,   Ind.) 

This  Is  a  device  for  opening  a  door  from  inside  of  a  building  without 
the  aid  of  a  key.  The  door  is  unlocked  and  opened  by  pressing  on  the  bar 
shown  on  inside  of  door.  The  device  is  a  safeguard  for  school,  theater, 
church  and  public  building  exits,  and  against  panic  disasters. 


MISCELLANEOUS 


^39 


Courtesy  oy  ll'^altham  Watch  Company 


Fig.  163.     Fire  Escape. 

This  shows   the  kind  of  fire  escape   installed  on   every  wing  of  the 
Waltham  Watch  Company's  factory. 


14° 


SAFEGUARDS 


Fig.  164.     Monarch  Engine  Stop  Applied  —  Vertical  Equipment. 

(Manufactured  by  the   Consolidated   Engine   Stop   Co.,   New   York   City.) 

The  purpose  of  this  device  is  to  prevent  the  racing  of  an  engine  and 
the  consequent  strain,  which  results  often  in  broken  fly  wheels,  causing  great 
property  damage  and  much  loss  of  life  and  limb.  The  device  not  only 
works  automatically  should  the  engine  attain  excessive  speed,  but  it  can  be 
operated  from  any  part  of  the  plant  by  simply  pressing  a  button. 


Fig.  165.     Monarch  Engine  Stop  Applied  —  Horizontal  and  Vertical 

Equipment. 

(Manufactured  by  the   Consolidated   Engine   Stop   Co.,   New   York   City.) 


MISCELLANEOUS 


141 


Fig.  166.  Fig.  167. 

Fig.  166.     Spring  Block  Pulley. 

(Invented  by  Peter  J.    Macdonald,   Bangor,   Maine.) 

As  will  be  readily  seen,  the  purpose  of  the  spring  is  to  absorb  sudden 
jerks  due  to  slipping  of  ropes  or  chains.  A  number  of  these  spring  block 
pulleys  used  on  a  derrick  give  elasticity  that  it  is  impossible  to  secure  with 
the  ordinary  block  pulley,  and  the  danger  of  cables  or  chains  breaking  is 
therefore  greatly  reduced. 


Fig.  167.     Adjustable  Safety  Belt  for  Window  Cleaners. 

(Manufactured   by   The    Standard   Safety   Window   Guard   and   Exit   Lock   Door   Company, 

New  York  City.) 

This  belt  is  placed  around  the  person  and  the  ends  of  the  strap  holding 
the  belt  are  firmly  secured  to  the  window  frame  by  means  of  bolts  and  locks. 
With  this  appliance,  if  a  man  should  slip  he  would  be  held  by  the  belt  until 
he  regained  his  footing. 


142 


SAFEGUARDS 


Courtesy  0/  Under'MOod  Typcxt-'riter  Co. 


Fig.  168.     Spindles  of  Drill  Presses   Guarded. 

This  picture  shows  the  spindles  of  drill  presses  guarded  by  a  shield, 
which  prevents  the  rapidly  revolving  spindle  from  catching  the  hair  of  the 
operator.  Many  a  painful  accident  has  occurred  through  girls'  hair  being 
caught  by  unguarded  spindles.  This  device  is  inexpensive  and  quickly 
applied. 


RULES  AND  REGULATIONS, 
INSTRUCTIONS,  WARNING 
NOTICES,  ETC.     .     .     .     .     . 


RULES  AND  REGULATIONS 


Perhaps  one  of  the  greatest  factors  in  the  prevention  of  accidents  in 
industrial  pursuits  is  proper  discipHne  among  the  employees.  It  is  an  estab- 
lished fact  that  in  plants  where  good  discipline  is  maintained  the  number  of 
accidents  is  far  less  than  in  plants  where  the  employees  are  permitted  to 
run  free,  so  to  speak.  Every  well  regulated  manufacturing  establishment 
has  a  code  of  rules  and  regulations  governing  the  conduct  of  the  employees. 
This  is  formulated  for  two  reasons :  first,  that  the  very  best  possible  results 
may  be  achieved,  and,  second,  that  the  employees  and  others  may  not  be 
subject  to  conditions  dangerous  to  health,  life  and  limb.  That  violation  of 
rules  and  regulations  is  responsible  for  many  accidents  is  common  know- 
ledge. If  rules  are  made  the  employees  should  be  made  to  live  up  to  them; 
otherwise  they  are  of  no  value.  The  penalty  for  wilful  disregard  of  them 
should  be  dismissal. 

The  Illinois  Steel  Company  of  South  Chicago  has  printed  in  booklet 
form  the  rules  and  regulations  in  force  at  its  plants.  They  are  of  such 
excellent  character  and  seem  to  cover  the  ground  so  thoroughly  that  we  take 
pleasure  in  referring  to  them  and  reprinting  some  of  the  instructions.  The 
first  consideration  of  the  company  is  the  safety  of  the  workmen. 

"  Remember,  "  it  says,  "  that  while  every  man  is  hired  to  do  somiC 
particular  work,  the  safety  of  himself  and  his  fellow  men  is  more  importani 
than  that  work." 

"Remember  that  all  the  rules  and  regulations  that  can  be  aciopted; 
all  the  safety  devices  which  can  be  attached  to  machines;  all  the  guards 
which  can  be  erected;  all  the  warning  signs  which  can  be  posted,  are  useless 
unless  every  man  is  careful  to  see  that  they  are  maintained ;  unless  every 
man  is  careful  to  watch  for  danger;  unless  every  man  is  careful  to  warn 
others  of  danger." 

Remember  that  at  all  times  some  of  the  men  in  the  plant  are  inexperi- 
enced and  may  not  know  where  danger  exists.  Warn  any  man  when  danger 
is  near.  He  may  know  all  about  it.  If  so,  no  harm  is  done.  If  not,  you 
may  save  his  life." 

'*  Every  man  in  a  mill  should  consider  it  his  personal  duty  to  see  that 
safety  guards  are  kept  in  good  condition  and  report  dangers  to  his  Foreman 
or  Superintendent." 


RULES   AND   REGULATIONS,   ETC.  145 


^^^^j.j  TPTTTT7C  "Have  a  thorough  understanding  of  all  rules  in  this 
TO   FOREMEN  book.     Until  you  know  them  all,  and  are  living  up  to 

them,  you  are  not  doing  your  full  duty." 

"  You  will  be  held  responsible  for  accidents  to  your  men." 

"  You  should  caution  your  sub-foremen  regarding  the  prevention  of 
accidents,  but  you  still  will  be  responsible  for  your  sub-foremen." 

"Judgment  should  be  used  at  all  times  in  placing  men  on  jobs.  Heavy, 
slow  men  should  not  be  placed  on  jobs  where  a  light,  quick  man  is  required. 
Slow-thinking,  unintelligent  men  should  not  be  placed  around  machinery 
or  in  places  where  presence  of  mind  is  required,  for  by  so  doing  the  proba- 
bility of  accidents  is  increased  many  times." 

"  If  machinery,  tools  or  other  appliances,  with  which  you  are  working, 
are  dangerous,  do  not  continue  to  use  them,  but  call  your  Superintendent." 

"When  you  finish  a  job,  leave  the  conditions  safe;  replace  safeguards 
and  do  not  leave  loose  material  overhead." 

"  Investigate  every  accident  and  try  to  prevent  an  accident  occurring 
in  like  manner," 

"  Never  hav^e  a  man  in  your  employ  to  whom  no  one  can  talk." 

"  Foremen  on  one  turn  should  report  to  and  discuss  with  the  foremen 
on  the  other  turn,  accidents  they  have  had,  with  a  view  of  preventing  like 
accidents." 

"All  appliances  should  be  frequently  and  carefully  inspected." 

"  Do  not  allow  machinery  to  be  started  before  the  safeguards  have 
been  replaced." 

"  Make  it  your  personal  duty  to  see  that  the  safeguards  and  signs 
installed  to  promote  safety  are  always  in  good  condition." 

"THE  PREVENTION  OF  ACCIDENTS  IS  ONE  OF  YOUR  MOST 
IMPORTANT  DUTIES." 

GENERAL  RULES  "  Every  employee  whose  duties  require  him  to  work 
with  appliances  of  any  kind  must  carefully  examine 
same  and  report  any  defects." 

"  Vigilance  and  watchfulness  insure  safety.  To  avoid  danger  adopt 
the  safe  course.  Employees  must  not  trust  to  the  care  exercised  by  another 
when  their  own  safety  is  involved." 

"  Keep  off  all  railway  or  crane  tracks,  except  at  regular  crossings 
provided  for  that  purpose.  Use  great  care.  Before  crossing  any  track, 
'  Stop,  Look  and  Listen.'  " 

"  Do  not  turn  on  any  electricity,  gas,  steam  or  water,  or  set  in  motion 
any  machinery,  or  throw  down  any  material,  without  seeing  if  anyone  is  in 
a  position  to  be  injured." 

"  Employees  are  forbidden  to  take  short-cuts  over  dangerous  places." 


146  SAFEGUARDS 


"  Wrestling,  throwing  of  material,  or  'fooling'  of  any  kind  is  posl- 
tlv^ely  prohibited." 

"  Great  care  should  be  taken  by  men  working  above  other  men  not 
to  drop  any  material  without  first  giving  warning  to  those  below.  When 
you  are  going  to  work  above  or  below  other  men,  let  those  men  know 
about  It." 

The  rules  prescribe  that  all  dangerous  machinery  must  be  guarded; 
that  all  working  appliances  shall  be  kept  in  good  order;  that  all  stairways, 
platforms  and  overhead  runways  shall  be  railed;  that  elevators  shall  be 
equipped  with  safety  gates  at  each  floor,  and  gongs  or  other  signals  to  give 
warning  of  the  approach  of  the  elevator. 

Warning  signs  and  notices  are  printed  in  various  languages  and  posted 
for  the  benefit  of  employees  who  cannot  read  the  English  language. 

A  most  excellent  method  adopted  by  the   Illinois   Steel 
WORKMEN    AS      ^  .  •        .u  •  .■  c  .u  i 

T».Tc.TiT:'/^'T-/-»T3e  Lompany  ror  securmg  the  cooperation  or  the  employees 
INSPECTORS  .  .  .  .  ,       ,  r     1  •  I 

m  the  prevention  or  accidents  is  that  or  choosing  three 

workmen  in  each  division  as  an  Inspection  committee  to  serve  one  month 
each.  Each  member  of  this  committee  spends  one  day  each  week  Inspecting 
his  division  and  he  reports  his  findings  and  suggestions  to  the  Safety  In- 
spector. At  the  end  of  the  month  another  committee  Is  appointed.  After 
a  man  has  served  on  a  committee  he  is  urged  to  continue  to  be  on  the  lookout 
for  conditions  and  customs  that  appear  to  him  as  dangerous  and  to  report 
the  same  to  the  Safety  Inspector.  Thus  the  employee  is  educated  and 
trained  by  personal  Inspections  to  observe  dangerous  conditions  whereby  he 
or  his  fellow  workmen  may  be  Injured,  and  he  is  at  liberty  to  take  his 
suggestions  for  a  remedy  to  the  Safety  Inspector  without  fear  of  being 
considered  as  meddling  with  something  that  did  not  concern  him. 

In  the  interest  of  its  liability  poUcyholders  the  i^TNA 
^TNA   HINTS  ,  ,     J         .        J  ,    ,  •         ;     1      .u       r   11       • 

AND   CAUTIONS  printed    and    keeps    in    stock    the    following 

forms  and  warning  notices.     As  many  of  each  as  are 
needed  are  furnished  on  request. 


RULES   AND    REGULATIONS,   ETC.  147 


HINTS 


TO     EMPLOYERS    OF    LABOR 


The  responsibility  of  an  employer  for  the  accidental  personal  injury  of  employees 
arises  from  negligence  and  wrongful  acts  and  omissions — ^particularly  omissions; 
and  if  the  following  "Don'ts"  are  carefully  observed  many  accidents  for  which  the 
employer  would   be  held   responsible   can   and   will   be   avoided. 

DON'T  neglect  to  inform  yourself  as  to  your  legal  duty  to  your  servants. 
Make  yourself  familiar  with  the  local  labor  and  factory  laws  regarding  the  employ- 
ment of  children,  the  guarding  of  elevators,  shafting  and  machinery,  etc.,  and  see 
that  your  foremen   are   observing  same. 

DON'T  neglect  to  furnish  all  employees,  all  the  time,  with  the  safest  and  best 
ways,  works,  machinery  and  appliances  with  which  to  do  their  work.  Equip  your 
machinery  with  all  the  standard  safety  contrivances  whether  required  by  law  or  not. 

DON'T  neglect  to  furnish  proper  and  frequent  inspections  and  keep  all  ways, 
works,   machinery   and   appliances   in   repair. 

DON'T  neglect  to  employ  experienced  and  careful  Managers,  Superintendents 
and  Foremen.  Such  employees,  for  whose  acts  you  are  held  responsible,  should  be 
engaged  only  upon  written  application  indicating  their  qualifications,  previous  experi- 
ence  and   general   fitness   to   direct  your   operations. 

DON'T  neglect  to  furnish  a  sufficient  number  of  careful  and  competent  employees 
to  safely  perform  any  operation   assigned   to  them. 

DON'T  neglect  having  all  employees  carefully  instructed  in  a  language  they 
understand  as  to  the  proper  and  comparatively  safe  way  to  perform  their  duties, 

DON'T  neglect  to  establish  reasonable  and  safe  rules  and  regulations  regarding 
the  operation  of  your  business. 

DON'T  neglect  to  insist  upon  a  strict  observance  of  the  rules  and  regulations 
prescribed,  the  transgression  of  which  should  be  severely  penalized. 

DON'T  neglect  to  have  all  employees  on  being  hired,  or  immediately  afterwards, 
expressly  admit  in  writing  in  the  presence  of  witnesses,  a  knowledge  and  appreciation 
of  the  ordinary,  obvious  and  necessary  hazards  of  the  occupation  they  are  to  engage  in. 

DON'T  neglect  to  warn  all  employees  by  word  of  mouth  and  by  printed  notices 
against  the  dangers  which  are  not  apparent  except  to  the  experienced  and  intelligent 
man,   and   instruct  them  how  such  dangers  may  be   avoided. 


148  SAFEGUARDS 


THE   ACCIDENT   BULLETIN 

FOR  USE  IN  REPORTING  ACCIDENTS  FROM  ONE 
DEPARTMENT  TO  ANOTHER. 

When  an  accident  happens  in  any  part  of  the  plant  it  is  always  desirable  that 
the  details  be  sent  to  the  main  office  as  soon  as  possible.  Upon  receipt  of  same  each 
Superintendent  and  Foreman  in  the  various  departments  should  be  at  once  officially 
notified  of  the  accident  and  requested  to  investigate  and  ascertain  whether  conditions 
prevail  in  his  department  which  might  cause  a  similar  accident. 

Information  and  suggestions  along  this  line  tend  to  keep  all  Superintendents  and 
Foremen  on  the  alert  in  the  exercise  of  greater  caution  and  are  a  valuable  factor  in 
the  prevention  of  accidents. 


ACCIDENT   BULLETIN. 

Superintendent, 

Department. 
We  have  received  a  report  of  an  accident  to  an  employee  caused  as  follows: 


Does  this  suggest  to  you  the  possibility  of  a  similar  accident  occurring  in  your 
department"?    If  so,  immediate  steps  should  be  taken  to  prevent  it. 


Manager. 


RULES   AND    REGULATIONS,   ETC.  149 


DANGERS  OF  EMPLOYflENT 

This  notice  directed  to  Managers,  Superintendents  and  Foremen  directs  their 
attention  to  the  necessity  of  warning  employees  of  the  dangers  incident  to  their 
employment. 

(Notice    to    Managers,    Superintendents    and   Foremen) 

IMPO  RT ANT 
Instructions  to  employees  as  to  dangers  of  employment 


To 


Your  attention  is  hereby  directed  to  the  importance  of  carefully  instructing  all 
employees  concerning  the  dangers  incident  to  the  operation  of  machinery  or  other 
work  assigned  to  them. 

Particular  importance  is  attached  to  the  need  of  instructing  all  children 
(minors)  employed  as  to  the  safest  manner  in  performing  their  duties,  and 
especially  to  warn  them  frequently  of  the  danger  of  accidents  through 
carelessness   on   their  part   inasmuch  as  they  are  prone  to  forget  and  disobey. 

The  responsibility  for  accidents  rests  largely  with  those  in  immediate 
charge  of  operations,  and  the  necessity  for  taking  every  possible  precaution  for  their 
avoidance    cannot   be    too   highly    appreciated. 

As  an  assurance  that  these  instructions  have  been  received  and  will  have  your 
personal  attention,  please  date  and  sign  the  attached  card  and  return  to  the  under- 
signed. 

Signed  .^ 


IMPORTANT 
Instructions  to  employees  as  to  dangers  of  employment 


The  notice  calling  attention  to  the  above  subject  is  received  and  the 
instructions  referred  to  wiJl  be  faithfully  observed. 

Signed - 

(Signature  of  ManaRc>r,  Supcrintondi-nt  or  Foreman.) 

This day  of ,   19 


I50  SAFEGUARDS 


INSTRUCTION  CARDS 

IN  TWENTY=FIVE  LANGUAGES. 

In  many  mills  and  factories  there  is  a  great  diversity  of  employees, 
and  in  some  the  foreign  element  largely  predominates.  Many  of  them 
are  but  little  familiar  with  the  English  language  and  are  altogether  ignorant 
as  regards  English  letters.  Men  of  this  class  are  consequently  at  a  dis- 
advantage inasmuch  as  they  have  greater  difficulty  in  understanding  verbal 
instructions  and  are  unable  to  read  the  printed  notices.  It  is  a  great 
benefit  and  a  help  to  such  employees  if  they  can  be  given  printed  instructions 
In  the  language  they  understand. 

The  ^TNA  has  prepared  a  card  notice,  which  is  here  submitted,  having 
on  one  side  eight  cautions  to  employees,  and  on  the  other  a  blank  form 
which  is  filled  out  and  signed  by  the  employee  indicating  that  he  (or  she) 
understands  the  meaning  of  the  notice  on  the  opposite  side.  The  firm's 
name  may  be  stamped  or  printed  at  the  lower  right  hand  corner  of  card  on 
side  to  be  filled  in. 

These  cards  (size  4"  x  6")  are  printed  in  Armenian,  Bohemian, 
Croatian,  Danish,  Dutch,  English,  Finnish,  French,  German,  Greek,  Italian, 
Japanese,  Magyar,  Norwegian,  Polish,  Portuguese,  Roumanian,  Russian, 
Ruthenian,  Slovak,  Slovenian,  Spanish,  Swedish,  Syrian,  Yiddish.  The 
yExNA  will  be  pleased  to  furnish  a  reasonable  number  of  each  kind  to  those 
of  our  assured  who  desire  them. 


RULES  AND   REGULATIONS,   ETC.  151 


( Front  Side  of  Card ) 

NOTICE 

To  Avoid  Danger,  Observe  the  Following  Cautions. 

1.  All  employees,  except  the  authorized  elevator  hands,  are  cautioned  against 
riding  on  any  elevator  or  touching  it  in  any  way, 

2.  All  employees  are  cautioned  against  cleaning  or  repairing  any  machinery 
while  it  is  in  motion.  Shafting  and  pulleys  may  be  cleaned  only  by  means  of  long 
handled  brushes  or  brooms,  or  hooks  or  clamps,  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  an  over- 
seer or  foreman. 

3.  All  employees  are  cautioned  against  touching  any  machine  or  machinery 
which  they  have  not  been  ordered  to  operate  or  work  upon  by  an  overseer  or  foreman. 

4.  Cleaning  cog-wheels  or  touching  them  or  cleaning  any  part  of  the  machine 
while  in  motion,  either  with  the  hands  or  brushes  or  otherwise,  or  playing  with 
any  part  of  any  machine  when  in  motion  is  positively  forbidden. 

5.  All  employees  are  cautioned  against  being  in  any  part  of  the  works  where 
their  work  or  necessity  does  not  require  them  to  be. 

6.  All  empIo3'ees  are  cautioned  against  racing  at  work,  running,  wrestling, 
scuffling  or  indulging  in  any  kind  of  play  in  any  part  of  the  works. 

7.  All  employees  while  working  at  or  near  any  machine  or  machinery  in  motion, 
are  cautioned  against  talking  with  any  person  except  an  overseer  or  foreman. 

8.  All  employees  while  in  the  works  are  cautioned  against  wearing  loose  sacks, 
or  loose  or  flowing  sleeves,  and  all  female  employees  are  cautioned  against  wearing 
neckties  or  aprons  having  long  ends  or  strings,  or  dresses  which  trail  on  the  floor,  or 
wearing  their  hair  flowing  or  in  hanging  braids  or  in  long  curls. 

(Back  Side  of  Card) 

I, ,   have  read  and 

understand  the  notice  printed  on  the  back  of  this  card,  which  notice  is  also 
posted  in  the  room  in  which  I  am  employed. 


Name  and  address  of  some  friend 


Witness Overseer 

Date 19 Dept. 

Left  our  employ 19        . 

Present  or  last  known   address 


152  SAFEGUARDS 


FACTORY  WARNING  NOTICES 

In  every  well  regulated  factory  and  workshop  notices  are  posted  calling 
the  employee's  attention  to  the  necessity  for  exercising  care  and  conformity 
with  the  rules  for  his  own  protection.  Such  notices  are  of  much  value  in  that 
they  keep  before  the  workman  the  dangers  that  surround  him,  and  he  is  there- 
fore less  inclined  to  be  negligent  than  would  be  otherwise  the  case. 

The  following  are  types  of  notices  that  would  apply  to  almost  any 
workshop: 


i 


WARNING 


This  Elevator  is  used  for  freight  ONLY.  Persons  riding  on  same  will 
do  so  AT  THEIR  OWN  RISK.  No  one  except  those  authorized  by  the 
Superintendent  is  allowed  to  operate  same.  This  firm  will  POSITIVELY 
not  be  responsible  for  any  accident. 

By  order  of 


437 


CAUTION 


OBSERVE  CARE  to  avoid  Accidents  when  near  machines 
Do  not  CLEAN  machinery  while  in  MOTION 


DANGER 


CROSSING  over  or  STANDING  on  the  doors  of  this  ELEVATOR 
is  strictly  prohibited 


569 


RULES   AND   REGULATIONS,   ETC.  153 


SPECIAL  NOTICE 

All  persons  are  forbidden  operating  any  machine  until  the  working  of  it  and 
the  danger  attending  the  careless  use  of  it  have  been  fully  explained. 

No  machine  must  be  run  when  not  in  perfect  working  order,  and  the  opera- 
tor is  forbidden  making  any  repairs  or  readjustment  without  instructions  from 
the  foreman  of  this  Department. 

You  are  especially  warned  from  talking  while  operating  machines. 
Per  order  of 


L556 


NOTICE 

No 

employee  is  permitted  to  REMOVE 

GUARDS 

or  operate  the  machines  WITHOUT  THEM. 

L555 


NOTICE 

Do  not  move  ELEVATOR  until  DOORS  or  GATES  are  closed. 


509 


NOTICE 

Notify  the  Engineer  before  doing  any  work  upon  main  line 
shafting,  pulleys  or  belts  while  engine  is  stopped. 


L554 


154  SAFEGUARDS 


NOTICE 

Employees  are  WARNED  not  to  oil  machinery  while  in  motion. 

L575 


WARNING 


DO  NOT  PUT  your  head  in  ELEVATOR  SHAFT.      RING  THE 
BELL  AND  WAIT. 

By  order  of  Superintendent 


427 


NOTICE 


Running,  Wrestling,  Scuffling  or  indulging  in  any  kind  of  play  in 
any  part  of  the  works  is  strictly  forbidden. 


L553 


DANGER 

Do  not  TOUCH  this  switch. 


DANGER 


Riding  on,  Standing  on,  or  Crossing  over  or  under  this  Hoist  is 
positively  FORBIDDEN. 


524 


RULES  AND    REGULATIONS,   ETC. 


155 


SHOULD 
NOT 


PASSENGERS 

FOR  THEIR  OWN   SAFETY 

Get  on  or  off  Elevator  while  it  is  in  motion. 
Get  into  Elevator  when  same  is  crowded. 
Stand  near  to  or  with  back  toward  entrance. 
Touch  operating  apparatus. 
Talk  to  or  interfere  with  operator. 


460 


WARNING 

DON'T  TRY  to  get  on  or  off  MOVING  ELEVATOR. 
Wait  till  it  STOPS. 

5054 

AVOID  ACCIDENTS 

DO  NOT  TALK  while  working  on  this  flACHINE. 
Per  Order 


416 


Workmen's  Compensation 
and  Liability  Insurance 


What  it  covers 
Why  you   need  it 
Who   furnishes  the  best 

Where  to  get  it 


JET'NA    LIFE    INSURANCE    COMPANY 
THE    i«TNA    ACCIDENT   AND    LIABILITY    CO. 


158  SAFEGUARDS 


WORKMEN'S  Compensation  and 
Liability  Insurance 


Liability  on  account  of  personal  injuries  sustained  by  others  is  now  being 
fixed  more  closely  than  ever  upon  employers  of  labor,  owners  and  lessees  of 
property,  and  owners  of  teams  and  automobiles.  Both  the  letter  of  the  law  and 
public  opinion  give  unmistakable  evidence  of  this. 

In  the  case  of  the  liability  of  employers,  there  is  a  notable  public  sentiment 
in  favor  of  Workmen's  Compensation  which  provides  that  employers  shall  pay 
for  all  injuries  received  by  workmen  in  the  course  of  employment,  regardless  of 
whether  or  not  there  has  been  negligence  or  fault  on  the  part  of  the  employer. 
State  after  State  has  taken  such  a  system  under  consideration  and  Workmen's 
Compensation  laws  are  being  rapidly  adopted. 


T  TARTT  TTV  Only  short  of  such  radical  action  as  this  is  the  fast  spreading 

tendency  towards  statutory  elimination  of  the  former  defenses 

INCKKASiliD  .  ,.  .  .  ,,  ,  .  ^      .  ,  , 

of   negligence  of  a   fellow-employee,  assumption   of   risk,   and 

contributory  negligence. 

Even  where  these  defenses  are  still  nominally  available  to  an  employer, 
public  sentiment  is  so  reducing  their  effectiveness  that  practically  they  may  be 
considered  as  no  longer  in  active  existence.  All  questions  of  fact  are  for 
juries  to  decide,  and  juries  are  ignoring  all  but  the  most  overwhelming  evidence  of 
personal  and  wilful  negligence  on  the  part  of  the  injured  man,  and  are  rendering 
verdicts  in  accordance  with  their  sympathies  rather  than  with  the  facts  adduced 
in  the  testimony. 

The  same  condition  exists  with  regard  to  liability  toward  the  public.  People 
involved  in  accidents  are  coming  more  rapidly  and  widely  to  view  personal 
injuries  to  themselves  as  valuable  assets,  and  this  tendency  is  being  constantly 
encouraged  by  the  increasing  number  and  size  of  the  judgments  rendered  by 
juries  for  even  minor  injuries. 


„„„„Y-  In  view  of  these  conditions,  every  employer  of  labor,  every  owner 

"LIART  F  °^  lessee  of  property,  every  owner  of  a  horse  and  wagon  or  an 

automobile  will  find  it  to  both  his  interest  and  profit  to  read 
carefully  the  following  pages,  on  which  the  various  forms  of  liability  insurance 
undertaken  by  the  ^tna  are  briefly  outlined.  There  is  hardly  anyone  owning 
property  or  bearing  the  ordinary  responsibilities  of  life  who  is  not  subject  to  the 
risks  of  either  employers'  or  public  liability. 


LIABILITY   INSURANCE  159 


THE  FIRST  CONSIDERATION 

DURATION  OF  In  taking  liability  insurance  the  first  consideration  is  to  be 
PROTECTION  assured  that  you  are  obtaining  the  protection  for  which  vou 
pay.  Claims  for  damages  on  account  of  personal  injuries  may,  and  frequently 
do,  arise  years  after  the  occurrence  of  an  accident. 


When  buying  a  liability  policy,  therefore,  you  should,  in  the  first 
STABILITY       place,  be  satisfied  beyond  a  question  of  doubt  that  the  company 

issuing  the   policy   will   be   able,    if   called   upon,    to   pay   losses 
maturing  thereunder  many  years  hence. 

The  great  financial  strength  of  the  ^tna  Life  Insurance  Company  is 
an  absolute  guarantee  for  the  payment  of  claims  under  its  contracts  whenever 
they  mature. 


ALL   CLAIMS 
INCLUDED 


SCOPE  OF  THE  INSURANCE 

No  less  important  than  this  matter  of  security  is  that  of  the 
quality  and  quantity  of  the  protection  furnished.  The  -i^tna 
Liability  Policies  are  the  most  comprehensive  ever  issued. 
Where  many  other  companies  agree  to  indemnify  only  against  loss  from,  or  by 
reason  of,  the  liability  imposed  by  law,  the  .^tna  insures  against  loss  and  expense 
arising  or  resulting  from  claims,  regardless  of  whether  liability  exists  or  not.  It 
covers,  too,  not  only  claims  based  upon  injuries  actually  suffered,  but  any  that 
may  be  brought  on  account  of  merely  alleged  injuries. 


COMPLETE  That  is  to  say,  the  ^tna  policies  afiford  complete  protection 
PROTECTION  'ig^i'ist  claims  brought  by  persons  injured,  or  alleged  to 
have  been  injured,  or  by  or  in  behalf  of  their  beneficiaries; 
while  the  policies  of  many  other  companies  cover  only  such  claims  as  are  based 
upon  actual  injuries,  and  upon  trial  are  found  to  have  a  legal  basis.  The  latter 
do  not,  if  the  companies  so  elect,  cover  the  multitude  of  claims,  with  their 
attendant  expenses,  which  have  no  merit  in  law.  It  is  unnecessary  to  comment 
further  upon  this  point,  or  to  mention  other  features  of  the  ^tna  policies 
in  order  to  show  their  superior  value  to  the  Assured.  It  is  enough  to  say 
that  the  policies,  their  interpretation,  and  the  Company's  service  generally,  are 
on  the  same  broad  scale  of  liberality  and  fair  treatment. 


»,»«T^^    ^x.  It  is  possible  to  obtain  under  zEtna  policies  unlimited  insurance, 

RANGE    OF  . 

TN<;TTRANrp  ^^  partially  limited  insurance,  not  furnished  by  other  com- 
panies. TTie  need  for  unlimited  insurance  has  been  evidenced 
during  many  years  by  the  numerous  instances  in  which  it  has  been 
necessary,  after  the  insuring  company  has  expended  the  full  amount  insured 
within  its  policy  limit,  for  the  assured  to  pay  large  sums  out  of  his  own  pocket. 


i6o  SAFEGUARDS 


An  i^TNA  Liability  policy  will  now  be  written  so  as  to  provide  insurance  in 
any  of  the  following  three  forms,  as  may  be  preferred,  premium  rates  de- 
pending upon  the  form  selected : 

Unlimited  Form. 

a.  Covering  any  amount  of  damages  and  expense  for  which  the  Assured 
may  become  liable  on  account  of  an  accident  resulting  in  injuries  to  one 
or   more   persons. 

(This  form  is  not  written  for  all  lines  of  risks.) 

Partially  Limited  Form. 

b.  LTnlimited  as  to  the  number  of  persons  covered,  but  limited  as  to  the 
amount  of  damages  payable  on  account  of  injuries  to  each  person  injured. 

(This  form  is  not  written  for  all  lines  of  risks) 

Limited  Form. 

c.  Limiting  to  certain  fixed  sums  stated  in  the  policy  the  amount  of  damages 
payable  by  the  Company  on  account  of  accidents  restilting  in  injuries  either 
to  one  person  or  to  more  than  one  person. 

^T-.T^-r»T  *  -.Tr   X  Tn/TT^r.      The  laws  of  many  States  provide  no  statutory  restriction 

ORDINARY    LIMIT  ■'  ^  •,  ,      r         i       i 

^^^   „,,»-rx  as  to  the  amount  of  recovery  possible  for  death  or  m- 

TOO    SMALL  .  u,  r    ,  „       ^  ,  r^ 

jury  by  wrongful  act.  Other  btates  are  constantly 
being  added  to  the  list,  and  the  general  tendency  toward  this  unlimited  liability 
is  marked  throughout  the  entire  country. 

The  effect  of  such  absence  of  restriction  is  to  make  the  former  ordinary  liabil- 
ity policy  limits,  $5,000  for  death  or  injury  of  one  person  and  $10,000  for  one 
accident  involving  injuries  to  more  than  one  person,  give  wholly  inadequate  pro- 
tection. This  is  proved  by  the  hundreds  of  cases  in  which  judgments  far  in 
excess  of  these  amounts  have  been  awarded. 

A  striking  instance  in  point  is  that  of  New  York  State, 

NEW  YORK  AN  1  ^1  r  ^  ><       ^  j-       <>. 

where  the  measure  of  damages,      not  exceedmg  S^-Ooo, 

INSTANCE  IN  POINT    ^       ,  ,      ^,        ^  ^   ^         r     q„  u  ^■  u  a  u     l^u 

fixed  by  the  statutes  of  1870,  was  abolished  by  the  new 

Constitution,  as   follows : 

"  The  right  nozv  existing  to  recover  damages  resulting  in  death  shall  never 

he   abrogated;   and   the   amount   recoverable   shall   not   be   subject   to   any 

statutory  regulation." 


LIABILITY   INSURANCE 


i6i 


SOME 

BIG 

The  following  list  of  twenty-six 

judgments  recovered  in 

JUDGMENTS 

important  personal   injury  cases 

recently   tried   is   taken 

from  the 

records  of  the  higher  courts  of  New  York  State : 

Name 

Reference 

Amount 

I 

Read 

128  App.  Div 

228 

$101,789.10 

2 

Hughes 

131      "         " 

185 

40,000.00 

3 

McMichael 

April,   1909 

30,000.00 

4 

Boyce 

126  App.  Div. 

248 

27,500.00 

5 

Boldt 

January,   1910 

25,000.00 

6 

Clancy 

128  App.  Div. 

141 

20,000.00 

7 

Finnigan 

February,  19 10 

17,500.00 

8 

Van  Inweger 

126  App.  Div. 

297 

16,500.00 

9 

Jamison 

April,  1908 

15,000.00 

lO 

Brady 

127  App.  Div. 

347 

15,000.00 

II 

Cox 

128      " 

363 

14,560.00 

12 

Draper 

124      " 

351 

12,500.00 

13 

Droge 

123      "         " 

537 

12,000.00 

14 

Bower 

125      "         " 

648 

11,750.00 

15 

Henry 

129      " 

613 

11,500.00 

i6 

Trotto 

127      " 

400 

11,500.00 

17 

Schramme 

126      " 

279 

11,000.00 

i8 

Crissman 

123      "         " 

61 

10,500.00 

19 

Bertolami 

November,  1908 

10,500.00 

20 

McGrath 

128  App.  Div. 

63 

10,000.00 

21 

Puluno 

125      " 

629 

10,000.00 

22 

Pirotta 

123      "         " 

626 

10,100.00 

23 

Spencer 

123      "         " 

789 

10,000.00 

24 

Logerto 

123      " 

840 

10,000.00 

25 

Donohue 

122      "         " 

552 

10,000.00 

26 

Winchell 

121      " 

52 

10,000.00 

$484,199.10 

Average  each  person,  over  $18,000.00 


_,    -J,  As  before  stated,  an  ^tna  policy  may  be  written  so  as  to  cover 

TN«;TTT?AMrF   within  limits  selected  by  the  Assured,  or  without  any  limits  what- 
ever.     If  an  Assured   is   carrying   limited    insurance   in    another 
company,  and  wishes  additional  coverage,  the  ^tna  will  furnish  excess  insurance, 
limited  or  unlimited,  as  may  be  desired. 


r62  SAFEGUARDS 


EnPLOYERS'  Liability 


Any  employer  of  labor  is  liable  to  have  an  action  at  law  brought  against 
him  on  account  of  personal  injuries  sustained  by  a  workman  while  in  his 
service. 

_  _  -  ^^  The  accident  causing  these  injuries  may  be  attributable  to  alleged 
AmnFNTS  negligence  or  fault  of  the  employer  or  his  representative,  to 
defects  in  the  building,  machinery  or  appliances  necessary  to 
the  occupation,  or  even  to  the  negligence  of  a  fellow-workman.  It  may  be  only  a 
trifling,  rather  than  a  serious  accident.  Yet,  if  a  workman  is  injured  thereby, 
he  looks  to  his  employer  for  damages,  and  the  legal  action  which  he  brings 
may  involve  the  employer  in  an  expensive  lawsuit  or  necessitate  a  costly 
compromise. 

The  likelihood  of  such  an  outcome  has  been  much  increased  lately  by  the  rapid 
growth  of  a  widespread  public  opinion  in  favor  of  compensating  workmen 
regardless  of  the  amount  of  care  exercised  by  the  employer  or  of  the  degree 
of  negligence  shown  by  the  employee. 

T  ATTTo   T^T-,  AT-,TXT^       LiablHty  laws  are  constantly    being    made    to    bear    more 
LAWS    BEARING       ,         .,    -^  ,  ^i  ,    ,  ,    •         • 

heavily  upon  employers.     Old  laws  are  bemg  mterpreted 

more  and  more  favorably  toward  the  workman,  as  is  shown 

by  the  steadily  increasing  number  and  size  of  judgments  rendered,  and  new  laws 

are  taking  away  from  the  employer  the  defenses  (of  fellow-servant,  assumption 

of  risk  and  contributory  negligence)  upon  which  he  formerly  could  rely. 

The  general  agitation  in  favor  of  Workmen's  Compensation,  under  which 

payment  is  required  for  all  disabling  accidents,  is  also  exercising  a  noticeable 

influence  upon  the  manner  in  which  liability  laws  are  made  to  apply. 

xT-c-cTN   r-D-c/^rrTT-D      Thc  uccd  for  liability  insurance  is  therefore  greater  than  it 

ri^TTA^T   T-TTT^T^  has  tv tT  bccn  m  previous  years.     Ihis  is  especially  true  in 

THAN    EVER  ,  ^  ,^  ,-',  .  i,, 

the  case  of  employers  who  do  contracting  work,  as  the  law 

now  frequently  holds  them  responsible  for  accidents  to  the  employees  of  sub- 
contractors as  well  as  for  those  sustained  by  their  own  workmen. 

COVERAGE   AND      ^^NA   Employers'    Liability    Policies    relieve   an   employer 
p  of  annoyance   and   expense    arising    out    of    accidents    to 

employees  in  his  service.     The  premium  is  based  upon  the 
pay-roll  of  the  employer. 

In  connection  with  such  a  policy  is  also  furnished  an  expert  inspection 
service  which  tends  to  prevent  many  of  the  accidents  that  otherwise  would 
happen. 

Unlimited  Insurance  furnished  if  desired — see  page  i6o. 


LIABILITY   INSURANCE  163 


WORKHEN'S  ConPENSATION 


In  addition  to  furnishing  the  several  forms  of  liability  insurance  described 
herein,  the  .^tna  Life  Insurance  Company  is  also  prepared  to  cover  the 
liability  imposed  upon  an  employer  by  Workmen's  Compensation  laws,  such  as 
have  been  enacted  in  several  States. 

WHAT  COMPENSA  Insurance  under  such   laws  is   even  more  neces- 

TION    LAWS   REQUIRE  ^^^^  ^^^"  under  the  common  law,  whether  or  not 

amplified  by  statute.  Workmen's  Compensation 
laws  require  that  payment  be  made  for  all  accidents  of  employment,  regardless 
of  negligence  or  fault  on  the  part  of  the  employer.  They  also  provide  that 
such  payments  be  made  according  to  specified  schedules,  which  generally  are 
very  liberal  in  their  awards. 

TTAT^TT  T^tr  Not  ouW  docs  this  method  of  handlins;  industrial  accidents  in- 

LIABILITY  •'  '■ 

„  T7VTOTO       crease  enormously  the  amount  which  must,  not  may,  be  paid  on 

oilLiLi    HiAloio  11-1 

account  of  such  accidents,  but  beyond  this  the  employer  is 
liable  to  be  sued  for  damages  in  certain  contingencies. 

For  instance,  a  workman  can  refuse  to  accept  the  Compensation  plan  to 
which  his  employer  has  agreed,  in  which  event  an  action  for  damages  may 
result  from  an  accident.  Furthermore,  a  relative  of  a  fatally  injured  employee 
may  sue  for  loss  of  services.  Again,  if  the  employer  has  been  negligent,  inten- 
tionally or  otherwise,  in  the  matter  of  providing  proper  safeguards  against 
accident,  an  injured  employee  has,  under  some  Compensation  plans,  the  right 
to  sue. 

These  are  but  a  few  samples  of  instances  in  which  the  common  law  and 
statutory  rights  to  sue  for  damages  are  still  available  to  an  injured  employee 
or  those  dependent  upon  him. 

^TNA  rovFR<?  '^^^  ^TNA  undertakes  to  cover  both  of  these  liabilities 

BOTH  LIABILITIES       °^  ^"  employer  operating  under  a  Compensation  plan, 

by  a  Combination  Coverage  Policy,  which  insures  him 
not  only  against  his  liability  to  pay  Workmen's  Compensation  but  also  against 
other  legal  liability  (to  pay  damages)  in  respect  of  accidents  sustained  by  em- 
ployees in  the  course  of  employment. 

TT^^T  TTxrri^AT^Tr   T^TAXTc      I"    States    whcrc   Compensation   laws   have   not   been 
VOLUNTARY    PLANS  ,    ,  ,  ,  ,     •  , 

OF   COMPENSATION       enacted,  but  where  an  employer  desires  to  adopt  some 

reasonable  plan  of  compensation,  the  ^tna  is  prepared 
to  insure  the  employer  either  under  such  a  plan  devised  by  him  or  under  one 
suggested  by  the  ^tna  for  his  adoption.  In  either  case,  of  course,  the  coverage 
would  include  the  employer's  legal  liability  as  well  as  the  responsibility  assumed 
by  the  ^tna  under  the  voluntary  plan  of  Compensation. 


i64  SAFEGUARDS 


Further  than  all  this,  the  ^Etna  is  prepared,  for  a 
>VILL    SIMPLY  ...  ,  ,  -     .    . 

ADMINISTER  A  PLAN  consideration   to  be   agreed   upon,   to   administer  a 

Compensation  plan  of  insurance  for  an  employer, 
whether  such  plan  be  voluntary  or  imposed  by  law.  In  such  case,  of  course, 
the  employer  would  pay  the  benefits  provided  by  the  plan,  but  the  ^tna  would 
relieve  him  of  all  trouble  and  expense  connected  with  the  handling  of  accidents, 
giving  him  the  advantage  of  a  trained  and  experienced  adjusting  force.  As  it 
is  the  Etna's  business  to  handle  claims,  there  can  be  no  question  that  it  can 
administer  a  plan  of  insurance  more  efficiently  and  more  economically  than  is 
possible  for  the  employer. 

i-ni-.^i^T/^niTTr       Economy  will  be  still   further  induced  by  the  valuable   accident 

ECONOMY  /  ..,,.,  ,        ,     

TNnTTrFD        prevention    service    furnished    with    such    administration    by    the 

.^TNA.     Its  trained  and  expert  inspectors  examine  carefully  the 

plant  of  an   employer,   and   suggest  such   mechanical   and   material   safeguards 

and  such  safer  methods  of  doing  work  as  universal  experience  has  proved  are 

most  likely  to  reduce  the  number  of  accidents  to  the  minimum. 

Workmen's  Compensation  admits  of  insurance  being  placed 
OP  "RATTNr  upon  a  more  certain  basis  than  has  been  possible  under 

the  Employers'  Liability  system.  In  view  of  this  the  ^tna 
Life  Insurance  Company  is  rating  risks  on  a  merit  system,  taking  up  the  various 
lines  of  industry  as  rapidly  as  possible,  and  offering  Workmen's  Compensation 
insurance  at  rates  which  are  based  upon  the  probability  of  accidents  occurring 
in  individual  plants.  The  Etna's  merit  system,  the  first  to  be  introduced  by 
any  company,  involves: 

a.  The  adoption  of  a  definite  standard  for  all  physical  exposures  as  repre- 
sented by  buildings,  machinery  and  other  equipment. 

b.  A  most  thorough  and  comprehensive  inspection  of  buildings,  machinery 
and  other  equipment,  including  a  detailed  report  as  to  the  nature  of  product 
and  methods  of  manufacture  in  so  far  as  they  afifect  the  accident  hazard. 

c.  The  application  of  proper  debits  and  credits  for  all  sub-standard  or 
super-standard  features  as  disclosed  by  inspection,  the  purpose  being  to 
give  every  employer  full  benefit  for  the  adoption  of  safeguards  and  safe 
methods  of  working. 

Owing  to  the  amount  of  time  and   expense  involved  in  inspections  of  large 
risks  for  rating  purposes,  such  inspections  are  made  with  the  understanding  that 
the  employer  will  make  a  contribution  toward  the  actual  cost  of  the  inspection 
—  except  that  no  such  contribution  is  expected  from  ^tna  policyholders, 
VALUE  OF  JETNA  Whether  an  ^tna  policyholder  or  not,  the  employer 

INSPECTION  ^^  bound  to  derive  great  benefit  from  the  inspection, 

as  comprehensive  and  detailed  recommendations  for 
safety  are  placed  at  his  disposal.  These  recommendations  are  based  not  only 
upon  the  Etna's  own  years  of  experience,  but  upon  careful  study  by  the  ^tna 
Bureau  of  Inspection  and  Accident  Prevention  of  the  best  practices  in  this 
country  and  abroad.  They  are  of  unmistakable  value  to  an  employer,  not  only 
in  reducing  the  direct  cost  of  his  accidents,  but  also  in  promoting  the  efficiency 
of  his  plant. 


LIABILITY   INSURANCE  165 


Public  Liability 

An  ^TNA  Public  Liability  Policy  protects  an  employer  against  claims  for 
personal  injuries  due  to  the  operation  of  his  business  and  sustained  on  or  about 
his  premises  by  any  person  other  than  an  employee. 

The  liability  hazard  as  regards  the  public  is  not  fully  appreciated  by  many 
manufacturers.  They  apparently  never  stop  to  think  how  many  persons  other 
than  employees  have  occasion  to  visit  their  premises. 

SOME    OF   THE  J"^^  *°  name  a  few  regular  callers :  there  are  the  gas  in- 

PUBLIC  HAZARDS  spector,  the  electric  light  inspector,  the  inspectors  who 
look  over  the  boilers  and  the  elevators,  the  teamsters 
and  the  expressmen  who  deliver  supplies  and  take  away  the  finished  product. 
Some  of  these  are  at  the  factory  every  day,  and  all  more  or  less  frequently. 

Then  there  are  the  customers  who  are  taken  over  the  plant  from  time  to 
time,  the  wives  and  children  of  employees  who  bring  in  dinners  or  come  on  other 
errands,  the  friends  of  the  superintendent  whom  he  shows  around,  and  no  small 
number  of  incidental  visitors. 

The  passer-by,  too,  contributes  to  the  risk  that  is  run.  A  falling  brick 
or  an  article  dropping  from  a  window  may  make  him  a  claimant  for  damages. 

Not  a  day  goes  by  without  a  number  of  persons  being  in  and  about  a  fac- 
tory who  are  not  covered  by  an  Employers'  Liability  Policy,  but  who  are  just 
as  likely  to  be  accidentally  injured  as  are  the  workmen. 

CONTRACTORS'  RISK     ^"  ^^^^  ^^^^  °^  contractors  the  hazard  is  even  greater 
EVEN    GREATER  ^""^    more     constant.       Building    construction,     sewer 

work,  and  many  other  kinds  of  contracting  are  carried 
on,  it  may  be  said,  in  the  very  midst  of  the  public.  Defective  hoisting  tackle, 
careless  hoisting  operation,  an  unguarded  excavation  or  a  weak  guard,  any  one 
of  these  or  a  number  of  other  things  may  lead  to  the  injury  of  a  passer-by. 
The  same  risk  exists  as  regards  the  employees  of  other  contractors,  or  sub- 
contractors, who  may  be  employed  on  the  job. 

The  .^Etna  Public  Liability  Policies  protect  as  fully  against  accidents  to 
all  these  people  as  the  ^tna  Employers'  Liability  Policies  do  against  accidents 
to  workmen. 

T»Tr.-r,^^,^-r^^r        Ih  additlou,  tlic  expert  inspection  service  furnished  in  connec- 
INSPECTION  .  ,      ,  ,.   .  ,  •  1  ,  •  , 

-  tion  with  these  policies  tends  to  prevent  many  accidents  which 

otherwise  might  occur,  by  calling  attention  to  dangerous  con- 
ditions or  methods  of  doing  work,  and  by  recommending  the  necessary  remedies. 

^.^Trx^T,  A  ^T^    AXTT^      Au  ^TNA  PubHc  Liability  Policv    mav    be    had    covering 
COVERAGE    AND      ,.     .         ,  ^  r  •  ,         •        i    •  j 

T^T,T-,/rTTT-«,r  limits  of  $S,ooo  for  an  accident  involving  one  person  and 

PREMIUM  ^  ,   -^  .,         .        ,   .  , 

$10,000  for  an  accident  involving  more  than  one  person, 

but  it  is  more  often  issued  with  limits  of  $10,000  for  an  accident  involving  one 


i66  SAFEGUARDS 


person   and   $20,000    for   an   accident    involving   more    than    one    person.     The 
premium  is  based  upon  the  pay-roll  of  the  employer. 

Unlimited  insurance  furnished  if  desired  —  see  page  160. 


Contingent  Liability 


In  addition  to  their  direct  liability,  owners  of  property,  general  contractors 
and  many  other  employers  are  subject  to  an  indirect,  or  contingent,  liability  which 
is  likely  at  any  time  to  develop  into  a  source  of  heavy  expense  as  well  as  cause 
a  great  deal  of  trouble  and  annoyance. 


n^miTT^   TXTr.rr.AXT.-.T-.o       Supposc,  for  instaucc,  that  vou  have  entered  into  a  con- 
SOME    INSTANCES  .  ,  , "  r  11 

tract  with  a  contractor  to  do  part  of  your  work,  and  one 

of  this  contractor's  employees  is  injured  while  engaged  in 
the  work  for  which  the  contract  has  been  made.  The  injured  employee  may 
bring  an  action  for  damages  against  you,  either  suing  you  individually  or  mak- 
ing you  joint  defendant  with  the  contractor.  In  either  case  you  are  sure  to  be  put 
to  much  trouble  and  expense,  and,  of  course,  you  run  the  risk  of  having  a 
verdict  rendered  against  you. 

Such  a  verdict  is  practically  certain  if  it  can  be  shown  in  any  way  that 
the  contractor's  employee  was  injured  through  any  defect  in  ways,  works  or 
plant  belonging  to  you,  or  in  any  material,  tool  or  equipment  furnished  by 
you,  which  defect  arose,  or  was  not  discovered  and  remedied,  through  your 
negligence  or  fault  or  that  of  one  of  your  agents. 

Even  if  your  contractor  has  hired  a  sub-contractor  to  do  all  or  part  of  the 
work  in  question,  and  it  is  one  of  this  sub-contractor's  employees  who  is  injured, 
you  may  be  sued  or  made  party  defendant  in  an  action  for  damages  brought 
by  the  injured  man.  So,  too,  may  the  general  contractor  upon  whose  work  the 
sub-contractor  has  been  engaged. 


ACTUAL   NEGLIGENCE      ^^^^  actions  are  often  brought  when  there  is  no  actual 
NOT   ESSENTIAL  negligence  on  the  part  of  the  original  principal,  or 

the  general  contractor,  or  an  agent  of  either,  but  the 
injured  man  believes  that  the  original  principal,  or  the  general  contractor,  is 
more  responsible  financially  than  the  man  for  whom  he  has  been  directly  work- 
ing (and  whose  negligence  may  have  caused  the  injury),  and  therefore  takes 
no  chances  of  not  recovering  the  damages  which  he  seeks. 

That  such  belief  is  well  founded  has  been  proved  in  many  instances  when 
the  inability  of  a  sub-contractor  or  a  general  contractor  to  meet  his  obligations 
has  thrown  upon  a  general  contractor  or  an  original  principal  the  burden  of 
settling  for  damages. 


LIABILITY  INSURANCE  167 


NOT   COVERED    BY  ^^    Employers'  Liability  Policy  does  not  cover  the  in- 

EMPLOYERS'  POLICY      ^^^^^^'  o^  contingent,  liability  outlined,  as  regards  either 

actual  damages  or  expense  of  litigation,  so  it  will  easily 
be  seen  that  men  having  contract  work  done  for  them,  and  the  general  con- 
tractors who  undertake  to  do  such  work,  are  running  a  very  serious  risk  if  they 
do  not  protect  themselves  by  insurance  against  this  contingent  liability. 

COVERAGE  AND  These  are  but  a  few  illustrations  of  indirect,  or  contingent, 
PREMIUM  liability,  which  has  a  wide  field.    Any  such  liability  can  be 

covered  by  ^tna  Contingent  Liability  Policies,  which 
will  undertake  not  only  to  care  for  expenses  of  litigation,  as  well  as  relieve  their 
holders  of  annoyance  and  trouble  arising  from  claims,  but  also  to  satisfy,  within 
their  limits,  such  judgments  as  may  be  awarded. 

The  premium  for  a  Contingent  Liability  Policy  is  based,  in  the  case  of  con- 
tract work,  upon  the  total  cost  of  the  work  to  be  done. 

Unlimited  insurance  furnished  if  desired  —  see  page  160. 


1 68 


SAFEGUARDS 


Elevator  Liability 

An  ^TNA  Elevator  Policy  provides  special  protection  for  owners  or  lessees 
of  buildings  against  claims  for  personal  injuries  caused  by  the  operation  of 
elevators  or  by  any  part  of  the  elevator  equipment. 

The  need  for  such  insurance  is  obvious.  The  elevator  is  a  greater  public 
carrier  than  the  steam  railroad,  and  the  possibilities  of  accident  involved  in 
elevator  maintenance  and  operation  are  innumerable. 


„^,,  .,T,^.,         Consider  a  few  of  the  mechanical  defects  which  may  develop 
MECHANICAL  „         ^^   .  .  .  .u  .     ,i       •     • 

unexpectedly.     Neither  the  governor  nor  the  controller  is  in- 
fallible.   Either  may  get  out  of  order  without  a  moment's  no- 
tice.    It  is  the  same  with  safety  clutches  and  safety  gates.     Limit  stops  are  apt 
to  get  out  of  place,  brake  shoes  to  wear,  cables  to  fray  and  break,  door  locks  to 
fail  to  catch. 

The  operator  is  no  more  infallible  than  the  machinery.  He 
THE   OPERATOR      may  start  or  stop  the  car  too  suddenly,  giving  someone  a 

bad  jolt.  He  may  close  the  door  too  quickly  and  catch 
someone.  He  may  allow  the  car  to  be  overcrowded.  He  may  leave  a  landing 
without  closing  the  door. 

The  passenger,  whether  actual  or  prospective,  must  also 
THE   PASSENGER      be  taken  into  account.    He  will  stand  too  close  to  the  door. 

He  will  let  a  foot  extend  out  of  the  car.  He  will  try  to 
enter  or  leave  a  car  before  it  is  brought  to  a  full  stop.  He  will  insist  upon  forcing 
his  way  into  a  car  already  too  full.  He  will  look  into  a  shaft  if  any  chance  at 
all  is  given  him,  usually  just  in  time  to  be  caught  by  the  descending  car.  And 
he  is  only  too  apt  absent-mindedly  to   walk  into  an  open  shaft. 


A   CLAIM   IS      Whichever  one  of  these,  or  of  many  other  causes,  is  responsible 
CERTAIN  ^°^  ^"  accident  resulting  in  personal  injury,  there  is  bound  to 

be  a  claim  upon  the  elevator  owner  for  damages,  a  claim  which 
will  surely  put  him  to  some  expense  and  much  trouble,  and  may  result  in  a 
suit  which  will  cost  him  thousands  of  dollars.  That  is  to  say,  it  will  unless  he 
has  had  the  forethought  to  provide  protection  for  himself  in  the  event  of  such 
a  contingency. 

Such  protection  is  given  by  ^tna  Elevator  Liability  Insur- 
THE   COVERAGE      ance,  which  relieves  the  owner  of  both  worry  and  expense. 

An  tEtna  Elevator  Policy  is  usually  issued  for  limits  of 
$io,cx)o  in  event  of  death  or  injury  of  one  person,  and  $20,000  in  event  of  death 
or  injury  of  more  than  one,  but  other  limits  may  be  obtained  if  desired. 


LIABILITY  INSURANCE  169 


Included  in  the  service  furnished  in  connection  with  the  policy  are  regular 
and  thorough  inspections  by  mechanical  experts.  These  inspections  reduce  greatly 
the  likelihood  of  accident,  with  its  probability  of  personal  injuries  and  its  cer- 
tainty of  damage  to  the  elevator  and  perhaps  to  the  building  itself. 

The  premium  for  an  JEtna  Elevator  Policy  is  based  on  the 
THE   PREMIUM      number  and  kinds  of  the  elevators  to  be  covered.    Considering 

the  extent  of  coverage,  the  cost  is  very  small.     Such  protec- 
tion should  be  secured  by  every  elevator  owner. 

Unlimited  insurance  furnished  if  desired  —  see  page  160. 


General  Liability 

This  form  of  insurance  covers  two  general  classes  of  risks,  Commercial 
{including  shops,  warehouses,  theatres,  etc.)  and  Landlords'  and  Householders . 

The  ^TNA  General  Liability  Policy  affords  protection  to  owners  or  lessees 
of  store  buildings,  hotels,  apartment  houses,  office  buildings,  pul^lic  halls  and 
private  dwellings  against  claims  on  account  of  accidental  injury  to  employees 
or  the  public  occurring  on  or  about  their  premises 

HOW   ACCIDENTS        Ownership  or  occupancy  of  real  estate  which  is  habitually 
HAPPEN  ^^^^  ^^^  *^^  public  to  any  extent  would  seem  naturally  to 

carry  with  it  a  sense  of  the  extensive  liability  involved, 
yet  it  is  astonishing  how  many  such  owners  or  occupiers  fail  to  realize  the  in- 
numerable possibilities  of  accidents  for  which  they  would  be  held  responsible. 
They  apparently  ignore,  or  at  least  overlook,  the  likelihood  of  injury  being 
caused  by  defective  floors,  by  crowded  aisles,  by  slippery  or  narrow  stair  treads, 
by  breaking  glass,  by  a  falling  sign  or  cornice,  or  by  the  sliding  of  snow  or  ice 
from  a  roof.  Where  elevators  are  in  use  there  is,  of  course,  a  greatly  increased 
hazard. 

BOTH   OWNERS   AND       Even  where  people  recognize  possibilities  of  this  sort 
OCCUPANTS   LIABLE       ^"  connection  with  the  ownership  of  such  buildings  as 

stores,  hotels  and  the  like,  especially  when  they  are  the 
property  of  someone  else,  they  often  fail  to  realize  that  the  mere  ownership  (or 
occupancy)  of  a  private  residence,  large  or  small,  carries  with  it  any  number  of 
chances  of  trouble  in  this  same  direction. 

T^T^^TC   OF   A  ^^^^  consider  your  own  residence  for  a  minute.    How  about 

HOUSEHOLDER       ^^^  walk  in  front  ?    There  may  be  a  coal-hole  there,  or  some 

defect  or  obstruction  in  the  sidewalk  itself.     What  if  your 

steps  are  defective,  or  a  loose  shutter  blows  off,  or  a  mass  of  snow  or  some 


I70  SAFEGUARDS 


loosened  slate  drops  from  the  roof?  Suppose  your  dog  has  a  sudden  inspiration 
to  bite  the  butcher  boy  or  some  other  innocent  person? 

Inside  your  house  there  are  more  chances.  Any  day  something  may  happen 
to  one  of  your  servants  or  visitors  that  may  mean  large  doctor  and  nurse  bills, 
and  possibly  suits  for  damages  or  liberal  settlements  to  avoid  them. 

Ceilings  may  fall,  the  gas  range  explode,  or  the  water  boiler  blow  up  in 
the  kitchen.    These  are  just  a  few  of  the  possibilities. 

■DT7ic?r.rMvTeTT3TT  T'Tv  Whether  you  are  merely  a  householder  or  an  owner  or  les- 
FDT?   nAMACF*;  ^^^        ^  buildmg  filled  with  employees  and  much  used  by 

the  public,  you  should  realize  that  any  minute  of  the  day 
or  night  an  accident  may  occur  upon  your  premises  to  one  of  your  employees, 
or  to  some  other  person,  which  you  were  practically  powerless  to  prevent.  At 
once  you  will  be  held  responsible,  and,  if  you  do  not  settle  the  claim  according  to 
the  dictation  of  the  injured  person  or  his  lawyer,  legal  proceedings  will  probably 
be  brought  against  you.  Not  only  the  annoyance  of  a  case  in  court  will  result, 
but  you  may  have  to  pay  a  heavy  judgment. 

^TirxTT-.T^,o  An  owner  of  real  estate  who  leases   it   wholly  or  in  part  to 

OWNER'S  .       ,  ,  .  .    ,.  .  ,•  ,  M- 

rnNTTMrFNTT      tenants  is  also  subject  to  an  indirect,  or  contingent,  liability. 

T  TARTT  TTY  ^^  ^"  accident  happens  to  any  one  of  a  tenant's  employees  or 

to  one  of  the  public  while  on  that  part  of  the  premises  which  is 

occupied  by  the  tenant,  the  owner  is  likely  to  be  made  defendant  in  a  damage  suit, 

either  being  sued  individually  or  being  made  party  defendant  with  the  tenant.  This 

will  surely  put  him  to  considerable  trouble  and  expense,  and  a  verdict  may  be 

rendered  against  him.     Such  a  verdict  is  certain  to  follow  if  there  has  been  any 

negligence  or  fault  on  the  part  of  the  owner  or  an  agent  or  if  the  tenant  is 

financially  irresponsible. 

EFFECT  OF  Suppose  a  serious  accident  results  in  your  being  forced  to  pay 

AN  ACCIDENT  several  thousand  dollars?  In  what  condition  would  the  with- 
drawal of  that  amount  from  your  business  or  your  capital 
leave  you?  Perhaps  the  money  would  have  to  be  paid  at  the  most  inopportune 
time,  when  to  secure  it  you  would  have  to  alter  plans  or  give  security  that  would 
mean  a  much  greater  financial  loss  than  the  actual  sum  involved. 

COVERAGE  AND  ^^^^  ^tna  General  Liability  Policy  combines  the  features 
PREMIUM  °^  Employers',  Public  and  Elevator  Liability  insurance.    The 

premium  for  the  Employers'  Liability  risk  is  based  upon  the 
annual  pay-roll,  that  for  the  Public  Liability  upon  the  area  and  street  frontage 
of  the  premises  insured,  and  that  for  the  Elevator  Liability  upon  the  number  of 
elevators  insured. 

If  you  are  a  householder  only,  the  ^tna  Residence  General  Liability  Policy 
will  furnish  you  adequate  protection.  The  premium  for  the  usual  private  resi- 
dence is  a  small  fixed  yearly  sum. 


LIABILITY  INSURANCE  171 


COMBINATION  ^^°^^    complete   still    is    the   Etna's    Combination 

RESIDENCE  POLICY  Residence    Policy,  which,  in  addition  to  the  above 

liability  features,  insures  against  Burglary  and  theft, 
Glass  breakage,  damage  by  Explosion  of  heating  boilers  or  by  leakage  of  water  or 
steam  from  the  plumbing  systems,  and  Loss  of  Rent  or  rental  value  due  to  loss  of 
use  of  residence  caused  by  water  damage,  or  explosion  of  boilers  aforementioned, 
or  by  fire. 

Unlimited  Liability  insurance  furnished  if  desired  —  see  page  160. 


Automobile  Insurance 

Your  automobile  can  get  you  into  all  sorts  of  trouble. 

It  may  injure  other  people. 

It  may  injure  other  people's  property. 

It  may  be  badly  injured  itself,  through  collision,  fire,  explosion,  etc. 

It  may  cause  you  a  direct  loss  by  not  being  usable  when  you  want  it. 

Its  equipment  or  the  car  itself  may  be  stolen. 

In  fact,  its  capacity  for  getting  you  into  hot  water  of  one  sort  or  another 
is  so  great  that  no  matter  what  kind  of  a  car  you  own,  from  a  gentle  electric 
to  a  sixty  horse-power  touring  car  or  ten-ton  truck,  you  should  carry  /Etna 
Automobile  Insurance. 

iETNA  DISTANCES  ^TNA  Automobile  Insurance  has  always  been  consid- 

COMPETITORS  ^^^^  ^^^  ^^^^'  ^"^  ^^^  competitors  have  now  been  dis- 

tanced by  the  ^tna  Combination  Policy*  which  in  itself 
gives  complete  protection  against  all  the  risks  that  heretofore  have  had  to  be 
provided  for  by  separate  policies,  and  offers  additional  coverage  against  conse- 
quential loss  never  before  available.  Merely  combining  these  things  in  one  con- 
tract, however,  is  by  no  means  the  main  feature,  for  its  provisions  are  broader, 
more  liberal,  and  in  every  way  superior  to  any  automobile  insurance  written  in 
the  past. 

YOTI  CAN'T  HFT  P  Perhaps  you  have  not  given  much  thought  to  the  ques- 

TNTTIRTNP    PFOPT  F        ^^°^^   °^  insuring  against   liability   for  personal   injuries 

caused  by  your  car.  You  cannot  afford  to  ignore  it. 
Glance  over  your  daily  paper  and  note  the  automobile  accidents  recorded  —  not 
those  concerning  the  reckless,  drunken  joy-riders,  who  deliberately  throw  every 
caution  to  the  winds  and  invite  disaster,  but  the  accounts  of  pedestrians  struck  at 
street  crossings,  horses  frightened  and  spilling  their  drivers  in  the  ensuing  runa- 
ways, cars  skidding  and  knocking  down  bystanders,  or  children  dashing  in  front  of 
automobiles.  These  are  but  a  few  illustrations  of  accidents  happening  every 
day  to  the  most  law-abiding  and  cautious  motorists. 

It  takes  two  people  to  prevent  an  accident. 

All  your  care  cannot  assure  you  that  the  other  person  will  not  do  enough, 
either  from  stupidity  or  force  of  circumstances,  to  cause  one.     As  the  owner 

*  See  page  173. 


172  SAFEGUARDS 


of  a  car  you  will  have  to  bear  the  responsibility  in  almost  every  case.     An  xEtna 
policy  will  give  you  complete  protection. 

In  the  same  way  you  are  liable  for  the  injury  you  may  do  the 

„      ,„^,      property  of  others.    Here,  too,  your  caution  gives  you  no  sure 
DAMAGE    RISK      ^     ^.    ^     ,  .  .  '        '^     .  ,,     f  •'.,       ,,.,. 

promise  of  immunity,     i  ou  may  be  unable  to  avoid  colliding 

with  a  horse-drawn  vehicle,  or  spattering  a  woman's  gown  with  mud.    You  may 

bump  into  another  car,  or  in  a  hundred  other  ways   injure  or  destroy  something 

for  which  you  will  have  to  pay  heavily.     The  ^tna  policy  stands  between  you 

and  loss  because  of  such  happenings. 


n^TTT^   i-i-kT  T  TOT/M^T        With  all  its  potentiality  for  inflicting  injury  upon  persons 

THE    COLfLISION  ...  "       i  -i       •       <•         r  i     •         ■ 

,   .  „ .  ^^  and  things,   your   automobile  is   far   from  being  immune 

HAZARD  ^  ,  •  ,  r         1-  ,    •  1  .  rr 

from  damage  itself.  For  this,  too,  you  may  have  to  suffer. 
A  collision  with  another  automobile  or  any  moving  or  stationary  object  is  apt 
to  leave  your  car  in  a  condition  necessitating  expensive  repairs,  or  even  replace- 
ment of  the  car  itself.  Whether  your  car  is  slightly  injured  or  almost  totally 
destroyed,  .^Etna  collision  insurance  will  reimburse  you  for  the  loss. 

Loss  of  use*  of  your  car  may  result  at  any  moment 

LOSS    OF   USE    AND  .  c         v   u/ •  i     •  mi 

from   fire,   lightning,   explosion,    or   other   calamity 

OTHER  CONSEQUEN-  ^^  ^j^^^.j^^  ^^^^^^  suddenlv  putting  it  out  of  com- 

TIAL  LOSS  ^  .  . 

mission,  and  may  prove  quite  expensive.     The  use 

of  the  car  is  often  a  necessity,  and  to  take  its  place  while  the  damaged  machine 
is  being  repaired  or  replaced  \\'\\\  probably  mean  the  hiring  of  another  car  or  a 
team.  The  ^tna  policy  will  pay  a  daily  indemnity  while  the  car  is  being  repaired 
or  replaced  (in  addition  to  the  cost  of  repair  or  replacement)  under  these  cir- 
cumstances. If  you  are  a  physician  or  real  estate  man,  for  instance,  or  if  your 
cars  are  used  for  delivery  purposes,  or  are  otherwise  a  factor  in  the  daily  conduct 
of  your  business,  this  feature  must  appeal  to  you  with  special  force. 

DANrTTR's  OF  Loss  of  your  car  by  theft  is  another  danger  that  is  a  part  of 
the  penalty  of  ownership.  So,  too,  are  thefts  from  the  car. 
Lamps,  extra  tires,  tools  and  horns  are  some  of  the  things 
that  are  constantly  being  made  away  with  by  thieves.  Such  things  are  seldom 
recovered  and  you  have  to  bear  the  loss  yourself.  The  ^'Etxa  policy  will  protect 
you  against  any  of  these  losses.  It  covers  loss  or  damage  by  burglary,  theft  or 
larceny  of  your  automobile  or  its  equipment  by  anyone  other  than  one  of  your 
employees. 

Such  a  synopsis  by  no  means  exhausts  the  chances  that  you  are  running  with 
your  car.  nor,  on  the  other  hand,  does  it  enumerate  all  the  benefits  of  /Etna 
Automobile   Insurance. 

.-.A^i.irT^Ti.T  Arr.T^i.T  As  has  been  said,  a  single  policv,  known  as  the  .-Etxa  Com- 
COMBINATION        ...  ,  ,.,,.,,  „ 

POT  TPV  bination     Automobile   policy,'''    can   be   written   to   cover   all 

these  —  the  ideal  way  —  or  partial  coverage  when  the  whole 

of  the  insurance  is  not  desired. 

*  See  page  173. 


LIABILITY  INSURANCE  173 


\ 


COVERAGE       ^^^^  "^"^^  Liability  insurance  protects  for  $10,000  in  event  of  an 
^jsjj)  accident  causing  the  death  or  injury  of  one  person,  and  for  $20,000 

PREMIUMS        °^  "^°^^  "^  ^^^"^  °^  ^^^  accident  causing  the  death  or  injury  of 
more  than  one  person.     Larger  or  smaller  limits  may  be  secured 
if  desired.    The  premium  is  based  on  the  horsepower  of  the  car  insured. 

For  business  vehicles,  however,  the  premiums  are  based  upon  the  number  of 
cars  insured,  and  the  purposes  for  which  they  are  used. 

The  Property  Damage  is  written  for  limits  from  $1,000  up.  The  premium 
is  based  the  same  as  for  Liability  Insurance. 

The  Premium  for  the  Collision  insurance  is  based  on  the. value  of  the  car, 
that  for  Theft  insurance  upon  the  sum  insured,  that  for  Loss  of  Use  and  other 
Consequential  Loss  upon  the  sum  to  be  insured  and  the  daily  indemnity  desired. 

The  Combination  Policy*  premium  is,  quite  naturally,  the  combined  premiums 
for  these  several  forms  of  insurance. 

Unlimited  Liability  Insurance  furnished  if  desired  —  see  page  160. 

Teams  Liability 

The  very  fact  that  they  occur  so  often  is  the  main  reason  why  horse  and 
wagon  accidents  do  not  receive  greater  publicity  in  the  newspapers.  Having  be- 
come more  or  less  commonplace,  they  are  no  longer,  except  in  unique  or  especially 
serious  instances,  regarded  as  "  news." 

Yet  the  people  who  own  the  teams  do  not  suffer  any  the  less  financially 
because  the  accidents  do  not  get  the  same  publicity  as  more  novel  events. 

Ai-.r.TT^T-ivTT.o    AT^T-.       Whethcr  you   own   one  horse   or  many,  you  are  apt  to 

ACCIDENTS    ARE  -^  •  ,  ,        r 

discover  by  unpleasant  personal   experience  the  truth  of 

these  facts :  that  horse  and  wagon  accidents  are  distress- 
ingly frequent,  and  that,  whether  the  accident  is  due  to  the  horse,  the  driver, 
the  vehicle  or  the  harness,  the  owner  or  user  will  be  held  responsible. 

One  of  your  horses  may  kick  someone.  Your  team  may  run  over  someone 
and  kill  him  or  maim  him  for  life.  One  of  your  teamsters  may  be  seriously  in- 
jured while  loading  or  unloading  goods,  or  his  carelessness  may  result  in  the 
serious  injury  of  a  bystander  from  the  same  cause.  In  any  one  of  these  instances, 
or  of  hundreds  of  others  that  could  be  cited,  who  will  be  held  responsible,  and 
required  to  settle? 

CLAIMS   SURE       Claims  against  you  for  damages  on  account  of  bodily  injuries 
TO   RESULT  °^  *^^^^^  accidentally  suffered  or  alleged  to  have  been  suffered 

by  any  person  by  reason  of  the  ownership,  maintenance  or 
use  of  teams  in  your  service  would  probably  result  in  exasperating  lawsuits, 
*  The  Combination  Policy,  zvhich  includes  insurance  against  Loss  of  Use  and 
other  Consequential  Loss,  is  ivritten  only  in  States  where  authorised. 


174  SAFEGUARDS 


involving  great  expense  and  possibly  heavy  damages,  with  the  alternative  of 
paying  preposterous  sums  to  effect  a  settlement  out  of  court. 

The  ^TNA  Teams  Liability  Policy  offers  you  pro- 
COVERAGE  AND  tection  that  you  can  ill  afford  to  be  without.     The 

usual  policy  protects  you  for  $10,000  in  event  of 
an  accident  causing  the  death  or  injury  of  one  person,  and  for  $20,000  if  more 
than  one  person  is  injured.    Higher  or  lower  limits  may  be  had  if  desired. 

The  premium  for  a  Teams  Liability  Policy  is  based  upon  the  number  of  horses 
or  vehicles  to  be  covered  by  the  insurance. 

p_ _p„P_„       The  damage  your  team  may  do  to  property  belonging  to  others, 
and  for  which  you  will  be  held  liable,  may  also  cause  you  heavy 
expense,     ^tna  Property  Damage  Insurance  will  take  care  of 
you.     It  protects  you  from  $1,000  up. 

The  premium  is  based  the  same  as  for  Liability  insurance. 
Unlimited  Liability  Insurance  furnished  if  desired  —  see  page  160. 


LIABILITY  INSURANCE  175 


General  Remarks 

REPORTING  ^^^^'^  °^  ^^''^  foregoing  policies  provides  that  the  assured  shall 
ACCIDENTS  report  every  accident  to  the  Company.  Where  indemnity  is  or 
may  be  applied  for,  the  Company,  by  competent  inspectors, 
thoroughly  investigates  the  circumstances  relating  to  the  case.  If  these  indicate 
liability  on  the  part  of  the  Assured,  immediate  steps  are  taken  with  a  view,  to 
settlement  without  litigation. 

COMPANY  Should,  however,  legal  proceedings  be  taken,  the  Company  under- 
DEFENDS  takes,  by  able  counsel,  the  defense  of  the  suit  on  the  Assured's 
behalf,  relieves  him  from  all  trouble  and  responsibility,  defrays 
expenses  of  litigation  and,  up  to  the  limit  named  in  the  policy  under  which  the 
accident  is  reported,  pays  damages  which  may  be  awarded. 

LIMITS  '^^^   ordinary  limits  of   liability  undertaken   under   each   of   the 

foregoing  forms  of  policies  are : 

In  event  of  an  accident  causing  the  death  or  injury  of  one  person,  $5,000 
or  $10,000. 

In  event  of  an  accident  causing  the  death  or  injury  of  several  persons,  $10,000 
or  $20,000. 

Payment  of  an  additional  premium  will  increase  these  limits,  if  desired.* 

The  policies  do  not  lapse  upon  these  limits  being  reached,  but  continue  their 
warranty  to  pay  within  such  limits  for  every  accident  that  may  take  place  during 
the  policy  year,  whether  few  or  many. 

_.___   -,^„„  The  Liability  Policies  of  the  ^.TNA  Life  Insurance 

SAVE    BOTH  1        A  1  1      r 

MONEY  AND  WORRY  Company  protect  the  Assured  not  only  from  mone- 
tary damage,  but  also  from  loss  of  time  and  the  ari'* 
noyance  and  anxiety  involved  in  claims  and  suits.  They  fix  and  reduce  to  a 
minimum  liabilities  and  expenses  which  if  not  properly  provided  for  frequently 
result  in  financial  disaster. 


*  Unlimited  Liability  Insurance  furnished  if  desired  —  see  page  160. 


iETNA 
CASUALTY  INSURANCE 

LIABILITY   LINES 

Employers'  Teams 

Public  (Direct)  Commercial 

Public  (Contingent)  Landlords'  and 
Elevator  Householders' 

Automobile  Workmen's  Compensation 

ACCIDENT   LINES 

Personal  Accident  Health  Disability 

OTHER    CASUALTY    LINES 

Combination  Automobile      Plate  Glass 
Automobile  Collision  Burglary 

Vehicle  Property  Damage     Fly  Wheel 
Sprinkler  Leakage  Water  Damage 

Combination  Residence 

FIDELITY  AND  SURETY  BONDS 


^TNA  LIFE  INSURANCE  CO. 

Assets  (Jan.  1,  1913)         .       .  $110,523,775.30 

Liabilities  (Jan.  1,  1913)         .  98,601,043.45 
Surplus      to      Policyholders 

(Jan.  1,  1913)     ....  11,922,731.85 

THE  .ETNA   ACCIDENT  AND 
LIABILITY   CO. 

Assets  (Jan.  1,  1913)         .      .  $2,676,752.50 

Liabilities  (Jan  1,  1913)     .        .  569,313.22 
Surplus      to     Policyholders 

(Jan.  1,  1913)     ....  2,107,4.39.28 


INDEX 


Accident,   Bulletin, 
Accidents: 
Causes  of. 

Absence    of    safeguards. 

Carelessness, 

Defects  of  machinery  and  structures 

I{2;n()rance, 

Insufficient    lighting. 

Insufficient   room,    . 

Lack  of  good  air,    . 

Uncleanly    conditions. 

Unsuitable    clothing. 
Reporting   of, 
/Etna : 

Hints    and    cautions. 

Inspections, 

Liability    insurance. 
Air,  Lack  of  good,  as  cause  of  accidents. 
Automobile  Liability  Insurance, 
Back-setting  Machine,  Clutch  and  belt  guarded. 
Bake  Shops,  Method  of  guarding. 
Belts: 

Adjusting, 

Back-setting  machine  guarded. 

Blower    guarded,     . 

Boxed  in,   . 

Countershaft  guarded. 

Drill  press  guarded. 

Driving  shaft  guarded, 

Ending  machine  guarded,    . 

Engine, 

Fasteners, 

Fly  wheel. 

Inspection   of, 

Junction  with  pulley  guarded. 

Lacing, 

Large   horizontal    unguarded. 

Placer, 

Paper  cutter  guarded, 

Punch   press   guarded. 

Rest,    or   hook,    for. 

Running  through    Hoors, 

Running  through  floors  guarded, 

Saw    mill    guarded, 

Shifting,     . 

Slitting  machine  exposed, 

Slitting  machine  guarded,    . 

Soap  grinding  machine,  guard  in  position. 

Soap  grinding  machine,  guard   removed. 
Blower,  Belt  and  pulley  guarded, 

\11 


148 


II 

8 

10 

7 

10 
1 1 
1 1 
1 1 
10 
22 

146-151 
24,  164-165 

157-175 
1 1 

171-173 

53 

135 

43 
53 
50 

45,  50 
48 
49 
57 
51 
14 

44.  55 
15 
44 
49 

44.55 
45 
52 
51 
76 
44 
55 
58 
95 
43 
47 
47 
46 
46 
50 


178 


INDEX 


Boilers,   Care  of, 

Boring  Mill,  Gear  pit  guarded,    . 

Bottlers,   Protection  of, 

Broken  Belt  Stop,  for  governors. 

Bulletin,  Accident, 

Caisson  Work,  . 

Calender  Rolls,  Ways  of  guarding. 

Carelessness,  as  cause  of  accidents, 

Cement  Mill: 

Sprocket  and  chain  guarded, 

Sprocket  and  chain  unguarded. 
Circular  Heading  Jointer,  Guard  for. 
Cleaning   Machinery, 
Clothing: 

Unsuitable,  as  cause  of  accidents, 

Regulation   of. 
Clutch : 

Back-setting  machine  guarded. 

Ending  machine  guarded,    . 

Paper  cutter  guarded, 
Combination  Automobile  Insurance  Policy, 
Combination  Residence  Insurance  Policy, 
Compensation  Insurance: 

Workmen's 

Voluntary    Plans    for. 
Connecting  Rods,  Guarding, 
Contingent  Liability  Insurance, 

Owners', 
Contracting  : 

Caisson    work. 

Fitness    for    work, 

Floor  openings   in   buildings, 

General   remarks. 

Hoisting    apparatus, 

Rebuilding  church  spire. 

Safety  of  the  public. 

Sewer   work. 

Stagings,  platforms  and  shoring. 

Trench  shoring, 

Tunnel   work. 

Use  and  care  of  explosives. 

Vigilance, 
Contractor's  Liability  Insurance, 
Conveyor : 

Sprocket  wheel  and  chain  guarded. 

Sprocket  wheel  and  chain  unguarded. 
Co-operation,  of  employees, 
Corner  Cutting  Machine,  Guarded, 
Corner  Staying  Machine,  Finger  protectors  for  operators, 
Cotton  Mill  Balling  Machine: 

Guard   in   place  over  gears. 

Guard  removed  from  gears. 
Cotton   Mill  Spinning  Frame: 

Guard   in  place  over  gears, 

Guard    raised    from   gears. 


PAGE 

15 

37 
21 

15 

148 

130 

66,  70 


65 
65 


10 
10 

53 

51 

51 

171-173 

171 

158-159,  163-164 
163-164 

14 

166-167 

170 

130 
130 
129 
128 
128,  .129 

131 
130 

132, 133 
128 

132,  134 
130 
130 
130 
165 

64 

64 
22 

71 
71 

39 
39 

40 
40 


INDEX 


179 


Countershaft,  Belt  and  pulle}^  guarded, 

Cranes,   Inspection  and  operation, 

Crank   Shafts,    Guarding, 

Crank    Pits,    Guarding, 

Dangerous  Material,   Contact  with. 

Dangers  of  Employment,  Notices, 

Derricks: 

Inspection   and   operation,    . 

In    contracting    work. 
Doors  and  Exits: 

Need  of,    . 

Self-releasing    latch, 
Dough  Brake: 

Guarded, 

Methods  of  guarding, 
Dough  Mixer: 

Guarded, 

Methods  of  guarding. 
Drill  Press: 

Belt  and  pulley  guarded, 

Pulleys  and  gears  of  spindle  guarded, 

Spindles    guarded, 
Dust,  Prevention  and  disposal  of. 
Electrical  Apparatus: 

Artificial   respiration, 

Arc    lamps. 

Circuit    breakers, 

Conductors, 

Construction  safeguards, 

Cut-outs, 

Danger   signs. 

Emergency  outfits. 

Fuses,         .... 

General    safeguards    for   workmen. 

Grounding, 

Guarding  other  than   electrical  workmen, 

Instruction  of  workmen, 

Insulation, 

Linemen's  protective   shield. 

Model  electric  light  station, 

Painting  dangerous  parts   red, 

Precautions  for  workmen  to  take,    . 

Protecting   of,         . 

Rubber  gloves, 

Safe  handling  of  injured,    . 

Safety   devices,   caution    about. 

Switchboard  safeguards. 

Switches,  rules  for  use  of,    . 

Transformers,   location   of. 

Treatment    of    injured. 
Elevator  Liability  Insurance, 
Elevators : 

Automatic  door. 

Automatic  gate,    open-at-will    type, 

Automatic  hatch   cover   guards, 


1 20 


• 

PAGE 
48 
20 

■ 

14 
14 
20 

' 

149 

, 

20 

• 

129 

21 

138 

136 

137 
135 

. 

137 

• 

49 

52 

142 

20 

119 

124 
122 

122 

123 
122 

122 

122 

120, 
122, 

123 
119 
123 
120 

,  121, 

121- 
"126, 

123 
123 
119 
-123 
125 
127 

120 

121 
18 

121 

122, 

124 
119 
123 

120 

"168- 

123 

124 

-169 

• 

107 
109 
no 

ISO 


INDEX 


Elevators,  Continued : 

Broken  sheave, 

Door-locking   device. 

Entrance   automatically    illuminated, 

General  suggestions  for  safeguarding, 

Guarding  hoistway   and   entrances, 

Hatchway    safeguard. 

Interlock, 

Keeping  locks  and   latches   in   order 

Looking  over  gate  into  shaft. 

Looking    through    open    door    into    shaft. 

Need  of  safe  construction  and  operation, 

Operating  cable   lock, 

Operating  lever  enclosed. 

Operating  lever  suspended   from   top  of  car 

Projections   in   hoistway, 

Safety    air    cushion, 

Safety  catches, 

Safety  catch   for  counterweights, 
•  Semi-automatic   gate. 

Side  post  freight  platform   enclosed 

Speed   safety   devices. 

Unguarded  opening  to  hoistway. 

Warning  gong. 

Worm  gear  badly  worn, 
Emergency  Room, 
Emery  Wheels: 

Danger  of, 

Guarding   of, 

Clamp  safety  collars  for, 

Concave   safety   collars   for. 

Foundry    grinders    guarded, 
'•■'  In   polishing   room   guarded, 

^Employees,    Co-operation    of, 
Employers'    Llability    Ixsuraxce, 
Ending  ^Machine: 

Belt  and  pulley  guarded, 

Friction  clutch   guarded. 
Engines,  Guarding, 
Engine  Stop, 

Excess  Liability  Insurance, 
Explosives,  Use  and  care  of. 
Falling  Material,   Danger  from. 
Finger   Protectors, 
Fire  Escape, 

Fire   Hazard,   Precautions, 
First  Aid, 

In    electrical    accidents, 
Floors : 

Overloading, 

Remedy    for    slippery, 
Fly  Wheels: 

Care   of,    . 

Danger  of, 


114 

104,  108 

108 

105 

104 

III 

116 

104 

"5 

115 

•  19,  103 

^  106 

112 

1 12 

105 
.   •  118 

107,  113 

113 

log 

III 

103,  117 
116 

106 

114 

23 

78 

79 
80 

80 

81 

81 

22 

162 

51 

51 

.   14,  15 

140 
161 

130 

19 

71 

139 

21 

23 

123 

19 

II 

15 

54 

INDEX 


181 


Fly  Wheels,  Continued: 

Fencing, 

Guards    for, 

Guarded   by  pipe   railing,    . 
Foremen  : 

Duty  of,    . 

Selection    of 

Special  rules  to, 
Fumes,  Prevention  and  disposal  of. 
Gases,  Prevention  and  disposal  of. 
Gearing,   Safeguarding  of   overhead, 
Gears  : 

Bevel  exposed. 

Bevel  guarded. 

Change   gears  of   lathe   guarded. 

Cog   enclosed, 

Cotton  mill  balling  machine,   guarded. 

Cotton  mill  balling  machine,  unguarded. 

Cotton  mill  spinning  frame,  with   guard   in   place, 

Cotton  mill  spinning  frame,  with  guard   raised, 

Drill  press  spindle  guarded. 

Driving   end    of   twister. 

End   of   rolls  covered, 

Engine,    guarding. 

Gear  cutting  machine  guarded. 

Gear  pit  of  boring  mill  guarded. 

How    dangerous,     . 

Live  roll  protected, 

Live  roll  unprotected. 

Loom  guarded, 

Many  ways  of  guarding, 

Paper  cutter  guarded. 

Pipe  thread  cutting  machine,  guarded. 

Pipe  thread  cutting  machine,  unguarded. 

Planer    guarded, 

Punch    press    guarded, 

Rail   guard    for  exposed. 

Shell    mill,    unguarded. 

Slitting  machine,  guarded, 

Slitting  machine,  unguarded 

Slotting  machine,  guarded,  . 

Suitable    guarding    of. 

Tumbling    barrel    protected. 

Twister    guarded, 

Wall  paper  printing  machine,  guards  in  place. 

Wall  paper  printing  machine,  guards  removed. 
Gear  Cutting  Machine: 

Guard   for  index  change   gears, 

Hinged  guard  for  feed  gears, 

Wooden  guard  for  gears,    . 
General,  or  Landlords',  Liability  Insurance, 
Governor    Balls,  .... 

Grinders,  Protection  of,  ... 

Grindstones: 

Danger  of,  ...  . 


14 
54 
57 

9 

9 

145 

20 

20 

16 

26 

26 

31 
30 

39 
39 
40 
40 
52 
38 
34 
14 
33,  35 
37 
25 
28 
28 

41 
2=; 
51 
36,  37 
36 
97 
76 
30 
42 
27 
27 

29 
18 

34 
38 
32 
32 

30 

35 

33 

169-17 1 

14 
21 

78,79 


182 


INDEX 


Grindstones,  Continued: 

Hoods   for, 

Selection,   mounting   and   care, 

Storing   of, 
Hair,    Loose,    danger   of. 
Hallways,   Lighting  of. 
Hints,  IEtsa,  to  employers  of  labor, 
Hoists  : 

Inspection   and   operation,    . 

In  contracting  work, 
Ignorance,  As  cause  of  accidents, 
iNFLAisnLABLE  MATERIAL,  Handling  of, 
Inspection  : 

i^TNA, 

Need  of. 
Of  belts. 
Of  boilers. 

Of  hoisting   apparatus. 
Of  pulleys, 
Inspectors,   Workmen    as. 
Instruction   Cards, 
Insurance,  ^^tna  Liability, 
Intoxicants: 

Influence   on   carelessness. 
Regulation   of   use  of. 
Keys,   Guarding  of, 
Knives: 

Revolving, 

Slitting    machine    guarded, 
Ladders,  Safety, 
Lath    Machines,    Guarded, 
Lathe: 

Method  of  guarding  change  gears, 

Rail  guard  for  exposed  gears. 
Laundry  Machinery: 

Collar  and  cuff  ironer  guarded. 

Flat-work    ironers    guarded. 

Ways  of  guarding. 
Liability   Insurance,     . 

Automobile, 

Combination    residence    policy. 

Contingent, 

Elevator, 

Employers', 

Excess  insurance,    . 

General,   or    Landlords', 

Inspection    service. 

Limited  form, 

Merit  system  of  rating. 

Partially  limited  form, 

Public, 

Some   big  court  judgments 

Teams, 

Unlimited    forms, 

Worklngmen's  Compensation, 


78,80 
78 
78 
10 

19 
147 

20 
129 

1 
I 

20 

24,  164,  165 

ID 

44 

15 

20,  129 

44 
146 

150,  151 
157-175 

9 

9 

18 

67 

72 

17 
102 

31 
30 

69 

68 

66 

158,  175 

171-173 

171 

166-167,  170 

168-169 

162 

161 

169-171 

24,  164,  165 

160,  175 

164 

160 

165-166 

161 

173-174 
160 
158-159,  163-164 


INDEX 


183 


machine  operators, 
Insurance, 


Lighting,  Insufficient,  as  cause  of  accidents. 

Limited  Form,  Liability  Insurance, 

Loom,  Take  up  gears  guarded  and  guide  for  shuttle, 

Machinery: 

Cleaning,  .... 

Defects  of,  as  cause  or  accidents, 

Inspection  of,  . 

Oiling,        .  . 

Painting  moving  parts   red. 

Reporting    of    defective. 
Merit  System  of  Rating  Liability  Insurance, 
Mill  Races,  Fencing,      .... 
Minors,   Employment  of, 
Oiling,  Of  machinery. 
Pans,  Protection  of,         . 

Paper  Cutter,  Belt,  clutch  and  gear  guarded, 
Paper  Box  Factory : 

Corner  cutting  machine  guarded, 

Finger  protectors  for  corner  staying 
Paper  Mill,  Calender  rolls  guarded. 
Partially  Limited  Form  of  Liability 
Passageways,  Lighting  of. 
Pipe  Thread  Cutting  Machine: 

Gears  guarded. 

Gears  and  chuck  guarded. 

Gears  unguarded. 
Piston   Rods,   Guarding, 
Planers  : 

Dangers   of. 

Guards    for, 

Old    square    style. 

Pulleys   and   gears   guarded, 

Safety    cylinder    for. 
Platforms  : 

Dangers   of. 

For  contracting  work. 

For  overhead    mill   gearing. 

Guarded, 

Protection    of, 

Skirting   board   for. 
Power  Control: 

Devices   for, 

Engine   stop   applied, 

Means   of  communicating  with   prime   mover   room 
Prime    Movers,    Safeguarding   of. 
Property  Damage   Insurance, 
Public   Liability  Insurance,    . 
Pulleys: 

Boxing  and  screening  of, 

Blower   guarded,    . 

Countershaft    guarded. 

Covering  arms  of, 

Drill   press   guarded, 

Driving  shaft  guarded, 

Ending   machine    guarded, 


1S4 


INDEX 


PAGE 

Pulleys,  Continued: 

Friction  clutch,       .               .               .               •               • 

•          17,44 

Inspection  of,          . 

44 

Junction    with    belt    guarded,             ... 

49 

Mounting   of,          . 

44 

Planer  guarded,      .               .               .               .               • 

97 

Punch   press   guarded,          .               .               .               . 

76 

Slitting  machine,  exposed, 

47 

Slitting  machine,   guarded. 

47 

Soap  grinding  machine,   guard   in  position,    . 

46 

Soap  grinding  machine,  guard  removed. 

46 

Spring   block,           .                .               .                .                . 

141 

Tight  and  loose,                   .               .               .               . 

.      17.44 

Tight  and  loose    guarded. 

50 

Punch  Presses: 

Danger  of,               ....               • 

73 

Equipped    with    safety    clutch, 

74 

Guard    for,               .                .                .               .               . 

75 

Guarded,                   .                .               .                .               . 

•     74-77 

Means  of  protection  of,      . 

73 

Methods  of  operation   of,    . 

73 

Rating    (Liability   Merit   System),     . 

164 

Red  Paint: 

For  dangerous   parts    of    electrical    apparatus. 

.              .          120 

For  moving  parts  of  machiner>^ 

18 

For  safeguards,       .... 

18 

Roll-feed  Machinery: 

Calenders,                 .... 

66 

Calender    rolls    guarded. 

70 

Collar   and   cuff   ironer  guarded. 

69 

Dangers   of,             . 

66 

Flat-work  ironers  guarded. 

68 

Guarding  of,            . 

19 

Laundry,                   .... 

66 

Metal    rolls    guarded, 

67 

Shoe  machine   guarded. 

69 

Rolling  Mill: 

Live  roll   gears  protected. 

28 

Live   roll   gears  unprotected. 

28 

Room,  Insufficient,  as  cause  of  accidents,    . 

II 

Rope  Drive: 

Guarded   by   pipe    railing,    . 

.         -56 

Untruarded,               .... 

56 

Rubber  Mill,  Calender  rolls  guarded. 

70 

Rules: 

And    reo;ulations,     .... 

144 

General,                     .... 

145 

Importance  of,         . 

.         8,9 

Special    to    foreman. 

145 

Runways,  Protection  of,                ... 

.     19,83 

Safeguards  : 

Absence  of,  as  cause  of  accidents, 

II 

General   suggestions, 

14 

Many   kinds,           .... 

12 

Need    of,                  .... 

12 

INDEX 


185 


Safeguards,  Continued : 

Painting   red, 

Practical, 
Saws,  Band: 

Danger    of, 

Guarded, 

Ways    of    guarding. 
Saws,  Circular: 

Danger    of. 

Guards   for. 

Self-feeding, 
Saws,  Equalizing: 

Guard    for. 
Saws,  Swing: 

Guard    for. 

Large   saw   guarded. 

Small    saw    guarded. 
Set  Screws: 

Bad    accident    from. 

Countersunk, 

Danger    of, 

Guarding    of. 

Hollow, 

Kinds  of  safeguards, 

Protruding, 

Rubber   protector, 

Safety   collars. 
Sewer  Work: 

Good  method  of  bracing  trench, 

Guard   along    trench, 

Guard   around    excavation, 

Trench    properly    shored    on    inside. 
Shaft  End: 

Guarding, 

Protected, 

Unprotected, 
Shafting: 

Dead  ends. 

Hangers, 

Safeguarding   when    near    floor. 

Vertical, 
Shapers: 

Dangers    of. 

Guards, 
Shell   Mill,   Gears   unguarded, 
Shoe  Machinery,  Rolling  machine  guarded. 
Shoring: 

For   contracting   work. 

Of   trench. 
Shuttle,   Guide   on    loom, 
Signs: 

Display    of,  .  .  . 

Warning, 
Skirting  Board, 


90, 


186 


INDEX 


Slitting  Machine: 

Small  pulley  and  belt  exposed, 

Small  pulley  and  belt  guarded, 
Slitting  Machine  Used  for  Cutting  Sheet  Metal: 

Gears  guarded, 

Gears  unguarded, 
Slitting  Machine  Used  in  Rug-making,  Rotary  knives 
Slotting  Machine,  Gearing  guarded. 
Soap  Grinding  Machine: 

Belt  and  pulley  guard  in    position, 

Belt  and  pulley  guard  removed. 
Soap   Stamping   Machine,   Guarded, 
Spindles,   Drill  press  guarded, 
Sprocket  Wheels  and  Chains: 

Cement  mill  guarded. 

Cement  mill  unguarded, 

Danger    of,  .  .  . 

Small  conveyor  guarded. 

Small  conveyor  unguarded. 

Speed   or  location   no  safeguard, 
Stagings  : 

For  contracting  work, 

Protection    of,         . 

Used  in  rebuilding  church  spire. 
Stairways  : 

Danger  of,  .  .  . 

Dangerous  open. 

Equipped  with  safety  tread. 

Hand  rails  for. 

Open    side    guarded. 

Open,  with  unguarded   opening  beneath, 

Protection  of,  . 

Treads, 
Structures,  Defects  of,  as  cause  of  accidents, 
Superintendents  : 

Duty   of,  ... 

Selection  of,  . 

Teams  Liability  Insurance, 
Tools  : 

Danger    from    falling. 

Quality  and  condition, 
Traversing  Carriages, 
Trench  : 

Good    method    of    bracing. 

Guards   along. 

Properly   shored, 

View  of  inside  shoring. 
Trimmers,   Protection   of, 

Tumbling  Barrel,  Pinion  and  gear  protected. 
Tunnel  Work, 
Twister  : 

Driving  end, 

Gears  at  driving  end  enclosed, 
Uncleanly  Conditions,  As  cause  of  accidents. 
Unlimited  Liability  Insurance. 


guarded, 


47 
47 

27 
27 
72 

29 

46 
46 

75 
52,  142 

65 
65 
63 
64 
64 
63 

128 

19 

131 

82 
85 
85 
82 

83 

85 
19 
82 

TO 

9 
9 

173-174 

19 
19 
18 

132 
133 
132 

134 
21 

34 
130 

38 

38 

II 

160 


INDEX 


187 


Vats,  Protection  of,  . 
Ventilation,  Need  of,  . 
Wall  Paper  Printing  Machine: 

Guards  in    position    on    gears, 

Guards  removed  from  gears. 
Water  Wheels,  Fencing, 
White  Paint,  As  aid  in  lighting, 
Whitewash,  As  aid   in   lighting, 
Window  Cleaners,  Adjustable  safety  belt  for. 
Wood-polishing  Machine,  Guards  for, 
Wood-working  Machinery: 

Dangers   of,  . 

Guards   for. 

Need  of  care  in  use  of. 

Need  of  safety  devices. 
Workmen's  Compensation  Insurance, 

Inspection  service, 

Merit  system  of   rating. 
Workmen,  As  inspectors. 


158-159, 


PAGE 

II,  20 

II 

32 
32 
14 

ID 

10 

141 


86 

86-102 

19 

19 

163-165 

164 

164 

146 


UNIVERSITY  or  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 
This  b<K*  is  DUE  on  -he  las.  da.e  stamped  below. 


REFD  LD-URl 

FEB  1  0  iaaJ 


'"'/fi6' 


PSD  2343    9/77 


3  11 58  00341  4868 


uc 


^OUTHEt 


AA 


ft/V 


Wlmml'''^By 


^iGlOU, 


!:^ciiiry 


°°'  ^01  397 


] 


